2-Way Wireless Security Suite v1.1 Installation Guide
|
|
|
- Christine Daniela Todd
- 10 years ago
- Views:
Transcription
1 2-Way Wreless Securty Sute v1.1 Installaton Gude Models: PC /868 PC9155G-433/868 PC9155D-433/868 PC9155I-433/868 Used wth: WT /868 WT5500P-433/868 TELEPERMIT These DSC Securty Alarm Systems may be connected to the Telecom Network PTC 211 / 09 /017 PTC 211 / 09 /018 PTC 211 / 09 /019 PC PC9155D-433 PC9155G-433 RN = 0.5 Seres 2-way Wreless Keypad N11427 IMPORTANT: Ths manual contans nformaton on lmtatons regardng product use and functon and nformaton on the lmtatons as to lablty of the manufacturer. The entre manual should be carefully read.
2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SERVICE PERSONNEL WARNING: When usng equpment connected to the telephone network, there are basc safety nstructons that should always be followed. Refer to the Safety Instructons provded wth ths product; save them for future reference. Instruct the end-user regardng the safety precautons that shall be observed when operatng ths equpment. Selectng a Sutable Locaton for the Alarm Controller Use the followng lst as a gude to fnd a sutable place for ths equpment: Locate the control panel near a telephone socket and a power outlet. Select a place that s free from vbraton and shock. Place the alarm controller on a flat, stable surface and follow the nstallaton nstructons. Do NOT locate ths product where persons can walk on the secondary crcut cable(s). Do NOT connect the alarm controller to electrcal outlets on the same crcut as large applances. Do NOT select a place that exposes the alarm controller to drect sunlght, excessve heat, mosture, vapors, chemcals or dust. Do NOT nstall ths equpment near water. (e.g., bath tub, wash bowl, ktchen/laundry snk, wet basement, or near a swmmng pool). Do NOT nstall ths equpment and ts accessores n areas where there s a rsk of exploson. Do NOT connect ths alarm controller to electrcal outlets controlled by wall swtches or automatc tmers. AVOID sources of rado nterference. AVOID settng up the equpment near heaters, ar condtoners, ventlators, and/or refrgerators. AVOID locatng ths equpment close to or on top of large metal objects (e.g., metal wall studs). Safety Precautons Requred Durng Installaton NEVER nstall ths equpment and/or telephone wrng durng a lghtnng storm. NEVER touch unnsulated telephone wres or termnals unless the telephone lne has been dsconnected at the network nterface. Ensure that cables are postoned so that accdents can not occur. Connected cables must not be subject to excessve mechancal stran. For Drect Plug-n versons, use the transformer suppled wth the devce. WARNING (Drect plug-n versons only) Ths equpment has no mans on/off swtch. The plug of the drect plug-n power supply s ntended to serve as the dsconnectng devce f the equpment must be quckly dsconnected. It s mperatve that access to the mans plug and assocated mans socket/outlet s never obstructed. IMPORTANT NOTE! The PC9155 Alarm System shall be nstalled and used wthn an envronment that provdes the polluton degree max 2 and overvoltages category II NON-HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, ndoor only. The equpment s DIRECT PLUG-IN (external transformer) or PER- MANENTLY CONNECTED (See Fgure 2-3: Mountng & Wrng Detals) and s desgned to be nstalled, servced and/or repared by servce persons only; [servce person s defned as a person havng the approprate techncal tranng and experence necessary to be aware of hazards to whch that person may be exposed n performng a task and of measures to mnmze the rsks to that person or other persons]. There are no parts replaceable by the end-user wthn ths equpment. The wrng (cables) used for nstallaton of the Alarm System and accessores, shall be nsulated wth PVC, TFE, PTFE, FEP, Neoprene or Polyamde. (a) The equpment enclosure must be secured to the buldng structure before operaton. (b) Internal wrng must be routed n a manner that prevents: - Excessve stran or loosenng of wre on termnal connectons; - Damage of conductor nsulaton (c) Dsposal of used batteres shall be made n accordance wth local waste recovery and recyclng regulatons. (d) Before servcng, DISCONNECT the power and telephone connecton. (e) DO NOT route any wrng over crcut boards. (f) It s the nstaller s responsblty to ensure that a readly accessble dsconnect devce s ncorporated n the buldng for permanently connected nstallatons. The power supply must be Class II, FAIL SAFE wth double or renforced nsulaton between the PRIMARY and SECONDARY crcut/enclo- SURE and be an approved type acceptable to the local authortes. All natonal wrng rules shall be observed.
3 Gudelnes for Locatng Smoke & CO Detectors The followng nformaton s for general gudance only and t s recommended that local fre codes and regulatons be consulted when locatng and nstallng smoke and CO alarms. Smoke Detectors Research ndcates that all hostle fres n homes generate smoke to a greater or lesser extent. Detectable quanttes of smoke precede detectable levels of heat n most cases. Smoke alarms should be nstalled outsde of each sleepng area and on each storey of the home. DSC recommends that addtonal smoke alarms beyond those requred for mnmum protecton be nstalled. Addtonal areas that should be protected nclude: the basement; bedrooms, especally where smokers sleep; dnng rooms; furnace and utlty rooms; and any hallways not protected by the requred unts. On smooth celngs, detectors may be spaced 9.1m (30 feet) apart as a gude. Other spacng may be requred dependng on celng heght, ar movement, the presence of josts, unnsulated celngs, etc. Consult Natonal Fre Alarm Code NFPA 72, CAN/ULC-S or other approprate natonal standards for nstallaton recommendatons. Do not locate smoke detectors at the top of peaked or gabled celngs; dead ar space n these locatons may prevent smoke detecton. Avod areas wth turbulent ar flow, such as near doors, fans or wndows. Rapd ar movement around the detector may prevent smoke from enterng the unt. Do not locate detectors n areas of hgh humdty. Do not locate detectors n areas where the temperature rses above 38 o C (100 o F) or falls below 5 o C (41 o F). Smoke detectors should always be nstalled n USA n accordance wth Chapter 11 of NFPA 72, the Natonal Fre Alarm Code: Where requred by applcable laws, codes, or standards for a specfc type of occupancy, approved sngle- and multple-staton smoke alarms shall be nstalled as follows: (1) In all sleepng rooms and guest rooms. (2) Outsde of each separate dwellng unt sleepng area, wthn 6.4 m (21 ft) of any door to a sleepng room, the dstance measured along a path of travel. (3) On every level of a dwellng unt, ncludng basements. (4) On every level of a resdental board and care occupancy (small faclty), ncludng basements and excludng crawl spaces and unfnshed attcs. (5) In the lvng area(s) of a guest sute. (6) In the lvng area(s) of a resdental board and care occupancy (small faclty). Makuuhuone Makuuhuone Makuuhuone Fgure 1 Kettö Olohuone Fgure 2 Fgure 3 Kuva 1 Fgure 3a CO Detectors CO gas moves freely n the ar. The human body s most vulnerable to the effects of CO gas durng sleepng hours. For maxmum protecton, a CO alarm should be located outsde prmary sleepng areas or on each level of your home. Fgure 5 ndcates the suggested locatons n the home. The electronc sensor detects carbon monoxde, measures the concentraton and sounds a loud alarm before a potentally harmful level s reached. Do NOT place the CO alarm n the followng areas: Where the temperature may drop below -10ºC or exceed 40 ºC. Near pant thnner fumes. Wthn 5 feet (1.5 meters) of open flame applances such as furnaces, stoves and freplaces. In exhaust streams from gas engnes, vents, flues or chmneys. Do not place n close proxmty to an automoble exhaust ppe; ths wll damage the detector. Fgure 4 BEDROOM GROUND FLOOR BEDROOM BASEMENT BEDROOM KITCHEN CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR Fgure 5 GARAGE
4 Dgtal Securty Controls warrants the orgnal purchaser that for a perod of twelve months from the date of purchase, the product shall be free of defects n materals and workmanshp under normal use. Durng the warranty perod, Dgtal Securty Controls shall, at ts opton, repar or replace any defectve product upon return of the product to ts factory, at no charge for labour and materals. Any replacement and/or repared parts are warranted for the remander of the orgnal warranty or nnety (90) days, whchever s longer. The orgnal purchaser must promptly notfy Dgtal Securty Controls n wrtng that there s defect n materal or workmanshp, such wrtten notce to be receved n all events pror to expraton of the warranty perod. There s absolutely no warranty on software and all software products are sold as a user lcense under the terms of the software lcense agreement ncluded wth the product. The Customer assumes all responsblty for the proper selecton, nstallaton, operaton and mantenance of any products purchased from DSC. Custom products are only warranted to the extent that they do not functon upon delvery. In such cases, DSC can replace or credt at ts opton. Internatonal Warranty The warranty for nternatonal customers s the same as for any customer wthn Canada and the Unted States, wth the excepton that Dgtal Securty Controls shall not be responsble for any customs fees, taxes, or VAT that may be due. Warranty Procedure To obtan servce under ths warranty, please return the tem(s) n queston to the pont of purchase. All authorzed dstrbutors and dealers have a warranty program. Anyone returnng goods to Dgtal Securty Controls must frst obtan an authorzaton number. Dgtal Securty Controls wll not accept any shpment whatsoever for whch pror authorzaton has not been obtaned. Condtons to Vod Warranty Ths warranty apples only to defects n parts and workmanshp relatng to normal use. It does not cover: damage ncurred n shppng or handlng; damage caused by dsaster such as fre, flood, wnd, earthquake or lghtnng; damage due to causes beyond the control of Dgtal Securty Controls such as excessve voltage, mechancal shock or water damage; damage caused by unauthorzed attachment, alteratons, modfcatons or foregn objects; damage caused by perpherals (unless such perpherals were suppled by Dgtal Securty Controls Ltd.); defects caused by falure to provde a sutable nstallaton envronment for the products; damage caused by use of the products for purposes other than those for whch t was desgned; damage from mproper mantenance; damage arsng out of any other abuse, mshandlng or mproper applcaton of the products. Note to Installers Ths warnng contans vtal nformaton. As the only ndvdual n contact wth system users, t s your responsblty to brng each tem n ths warnng to the attenton of the users of ths system. System Falures Ths system has been carefully desgned to be as effectve as possble. There are crcumstances, however, nvolvng fre, burglary, or other types of emergences where t may not provde protecton. Any alarm system of any type may be compromsed delberately or may fal to operate as expected for a varety of reasons. Some but not all of these reasons may be: Inadequate Installaton A securty system must be nstalled properly n order to provde adequate protecton. Every nstallaton should be evaluated by a securty professonal to ensure that all access ponts and areas are covered. Locks and latches on wndows and doors must be secure and operate as ntended. Wndows, doors, walls, celngs and other buldng materals must be of suffcent strength and constructon to provde the level of protecton expected. A reevaluaton must be done durng and after any constructon actvty. An evaluaton by the fre and/or polce department s hghly recommended f ths servce s avalable. Crmnal Knowledge Ths system contans securty features whch were known to be effectve at the tme of manufacture. It s possble for persons wth crmnal ntent to develop technques whch reduce the effectveness of these features. It s mportant that a securty system be revewed perodcally to ensure that ts features reman effectve and that t be updated or replaced f t s found that t does not provde the protecton expected. Access by Intruders Intruders may enter through an unprotected access pont, crcumvent a sensng devce, evade detecton by movng through an area of nsuffcent coverage, dsconnect a warnng devce, or nterfere wth or prevent the proper operaton of the system. Power Falure Control unts, ntruson detectors, smoke detectors and many other securty devces requre an adequate power supply for proper operaton. If a devce operates from batteres, t s possble for the batteres to fal. Even f the batteres have not faled, they must be charged, n good condton and nstalled correctly. If a devce operates only by AC power, any nterrupton, however bref, wll render that devce noperatve whle t does not have power. Power nterruptons of any length are often accompaned by voltage fluctuatons whch may damage electronc equpment such as a securty system. After a power nterrupton has occurred, mmedately conduct a complete system test to ensure that the system operates as ntended. Falure of Replaceable Batteres Ths system s wreless transmtters have been desgned to provde several years of battery lfe under normal condtons. The expected battery lfe s a functon of the devce envronment, usage and type. Ambent condtons such as hgh humdty, hgh or low temperatures, or large temperature fluctuatons may reduce the expected battery lfe. Whle each transmttng devce has a low battery montor whch dentfes when the batteres need to be replaced, ths montor may fal to operate as expected. Regular testng and mantenance wll keep the system n good operatng condton. Compromse of Rado Frequency (Wreless) Devces Sgnals may not reach the recever under all crcumstances whch could nclude metal objects placed on or near the rado path or delberate jammng or other nadvertent rado sgnal nterference. System Users A user may not be able to operate a panc or emergency swtch possbly due to permanent or temporary physcal dsablty, nablty to reach the devce n tme, or unfamlarty wth the correct operaton. It s mportant that all system users be traned n the correct operaton of the alarm system and that they know how to respond when the system ndcates an alarm. Ths End-User Lcense Agreement ( EULA ) s a legal agreement between You (the company, ndvdual or entty who acqured the Software and any related Hardware) and Dgtal Securty Controls, a dvson of Tyco Safety Products Canada Ltd. ( DSC ), the manufacturer of the ntegrated securty systems and the developer of the software and any related products or components ( HARDWARE ) whch You acqured. If the DSC software product ( SOFTWARE PRODUCT or SOFTWARE ) s ntended to be accompaned by HARDWARE, and s NOT accompaned by new HARDWARE, You may not use, copy or nstall the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. The SOFTWARE PRODUCT ncludes computer software, and may nclude assocated meda, prnted materals, and onlne or electronc documentaton. Any software provded along wth the SOFTWARE PRODUCT that s assocated wth a separate end-user lcense agreement s lcensed to You under the terms of that lcense agreement. By nstallng, copyng, downloadng, storng, accessng or otherwse usng the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, You agree uncondtonally to be bound by the terms of ths EULA, even f ths EULA s deemed to be a modfcaton of any prevous arrangement or contract. If You do not agree to the terms of ths EULA, DSC s unwllng to lcense the SOFTWARE PRODUCT to You, and You have no rght to use t. SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE The SOFTWARE PRODUCT s protected by copyrght laws and nternatonal copyrght treates, as well as other ntellectual property laws and treates. The SOFTWARE PRODUCT s lcensed, not sold. 1.GRANT OF LICENSE Ths EULA grants You the followng rghts: (a) Software Installaton and Use - For each lcense You acqure, You may have only one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT nstalled. (b) Storage/Network Use - The SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be nstalled, accessed, dsplayed, run, shared or used concurrently on or from dfferent computers, ncludng a workstaton, termnal or other dgtal electronc devce ( Devce ). In other words, f You have several workstatons, You wll have to acqure a lcense for each workstaton where the SOFTWARE wll be used. (c) Backup Copy - You may make back-up copes of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, but You may only have one copy per lcense nstalled at any gven tme. You may use the back-up copy solely for archval purposes. Except as expressly provded n ths EULA, You may not otherwse make copes of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, ncludng the prnted materals accompanyng the SOFTWARE. 2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS (a) Lmtatons on Reverse Engneerng, Decomplaton and Dsassembly - You may not reverse engneer, decomple, or dsassemble the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, except and only to the extent that such actvty s expressly permtted by applcable law notwthstandng ths lmtaton. You may not make any changes or modfcatons to the Software, wthout the wrtten permsson of an offcer of DSC. You may not remove any propretary notces, marks or labels from the Software Product. You shall nsttute reasonable measures to ensure complance wth the terms and condtons of ths EULA. (b) Separaton of Components - The SOFTWARE PRODUCT s lcensed as a sngle product. Its component parts may not be separated for use on more than one HARDWARE unt. (c) Sngle INTEGRATED PRODUCT - If You acqured ths SOFTWARE wth HARDWARE, then the SOFTWARE PRODUCT s lcensed wth the HARDWARE as a sngle ntegrated product. In ths case, the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may only be used wth the HARDWARE as set forth n ths EULA. (d) Rental - You may not rent, lease or lend the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. You may not make t avalable to others or post t on a server or web ste. (e) Software Product Transfer - You may transfer all of Your rghts under ths EULA only as part of a permanent sale or transfer of the HARDWARE, provded You retan no copes, You transfer all of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT (ncludng all component parts, the meda and prnted materals, any upgrades and ths EULA), and provded the recpent agrees to the terms of ths EULA. If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT s an upgrade, any transfer must also nclude all pror versons of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. Lmted Warranty WARNING - READ CAREFULLY Items Not Covered by Warranty In addton to the tems whch vod the Warranty, the followng tems shall not be covered by Warranty: () freght cost to the repar centre; () products whch are not dentfed wth DSC's product label and lot number or seral number; () products dsassembled or repared n such a manner as to adversely affect performance or prevent adequate nspecton or testng to verfy any warranty clam. Access cards or tags returned for replacement under warranty wll be credted or replaced at DSC's opton. Products not covered by ths warranty, or otherwse out of warranty due to age, msuse, or damage shall be evaluated, and a repar estmate shall be provded. No repar work wll be performed untl a vald purchase order s receved from the Customer and a Return Merchandse Authorzaton number (RMA) s ssued by DSC's Customer Servce. Dgtal Securty Controls Ltd. s lablty for falure to repar the product under ths warranty after a reasonable number of attempts wll be lmted to a replacement of the product, as the exclusve remedy for breach of warranty. Under no crcumstances shall Dgtal Securty Controls be lable for any specal, ncdental, or consequental damages based upon breach of warranty, breach of contract, neglgence, strct lablty, or any other legal theory. Such damages nclude, but are not lmted to, loss of profts, loss of the product or any assocated equpment, cost of captal, cost of substtute or replacement equpment, facltes or servces, down tme, purchaser s tme, the clams of thrd partes, ncludng customers, and njury to property. The laws of some jursdctons lmt or do not allow the dsclamer of consequental damages. If the laws of such a jursdcton apply to any clam by or aganst DSC, the lmtatons and dsclamers contaned here shall be to the greatest extent permtted by law. Some states do not allow the excluson or lmtaton of ncdental or consequental damages, so that the above may not apply to you. Dsclamer of Warrantes Ths warranty contans the entre warranty and shall be n leu of any and all other warrantes, whether expressed or mpled (ncludng all mpled warrantes of merchantablty or ftness for a partcular purpose) and of all other oblgatons or labltes on the part of Dgtal Securty Controls. Dgtal Securty Controls nether assumes responsblty for, nor authorzes any other person purportng to act on ts behalf to modfy or to change ths warranty, nor to assume for t any other warranty or lablty concernng ths product. Ths dsclamer of warrantes and lmted warranty are governed by the laws of the provnce of Ontaro, Canada. WARNING: Dgtal Securty Controls recommends that the entre system be completely tested on a regular bass. However, despte frequent testng, and due to, but not lmted to, crmnal tamperng or electrcal dsrupton, t s possble for ths product to fal to perform as expected. Out of Warranty Repars Dgtal Securty Controls wll at ts opton repar or replace out-of-warranty products whch are returned to ts factory accordng to the followng condtons. Anyone returnng goods to Dgtal Securty Controls must frst obtan an authorzaton number. Dgtal Securty Controls wll not accept any shpment whatsoever for whch pror authorzaton has not been obtaned. Products whch Dgtal Securty Controls determnes to be reparable wll be repared and returned. A set fee whch Dgtal Securty Controls has predetermned and whch may be revsed from tme to tme, wll be charged for each unt repared. Products whch Dgtal Securty Controls determnes not to be reparable wll be replaced by the nearest equvalent product avalable at that tme. The current market prce of the replacement product wll be charged for each replacement unt. Smoke Detectors Smoke detectors that are a part of ths system may not properly alert occupants of a fre for a number of reasons, some of whch follow. The smoke detectors may have been mproperly nstalled or postoned. Smoke may not be able to reach the smoke detectors, such as when the fre s n a chmney, walls or roofs, or on the other sde of closed doors. Smoke detectors may not detect smoke from fres on another level of the resdence or buldng. Every fre s dfferent n the amount of smoke produced and the rate of burnng. Smoke detectors cannot sense all types of fres equally well. Smoke detectors may not provde tmely warnng of fres caused by carelessness or safety hazards such as smokng n bed, volent explosons, escapng gas, mproper storage of flammable materals, overloaded electrcal crcuts, chldren playng wth matches or arson. Even f the smoke detector operates as ntended, there may be crcumstances when there s nsuffcent warnng to allow all occupants to escape n tme to avod njury or death. Moton Detectors Moton detectors can only detect moton wthn the desgnated areas as shown n ther respectve nstallaton nstructons. They cannot dscrmnate between ntruders and ntended occupants. Moton detectors do not provde volumetrc area protecton. They have multple beams of detecton and moton can only be detected n unobstructed areas covered by these beams. They cannot detect moton whch occurs behnd walls, celngs, floor, closed doors, glass parttons, glass doors or wndows. Any type of tamperng whether ntentonal or unntentonal such as maskng, pantng, or sprayng of any materal on the lenses, mrrors, wndows or any other part of the detecton system wll mpar ts proper operaton. Passve nfrared moton detectors operate by sensng changes n temperature. However ther effectveness can be reduced when the ambent temperature rses near or above body temperature or f there are ntentonal or unntentonal sources of heat n or near the detecton area. Some of these heat sources could be heaters, radators, stoves, barbeques, freplaces, sunlght, steam vents, lghtng and so on. Warnng Devces Warnng devces such as srens, bells, horns, or strobes may not warn people or waken someone sleepng f there s an ntervenng wall or door. If warnng devces are located on a dfferent level of the resdence or premse, then t s less lkely that the occupants wll be alerted or awakened. Audble warnng devces may be nterfered wth by other nose sources such as stereos, rados, televsons, ar condtoners or other applances, or passng traffc. Audble warnng devces, however loud, may not be heard by a hearng-mpared person. Telephone Lnes If telephone lnes are used to transmt alarms, they may be out of servce or busy for certan perods of tme. Also an ntruder may cut the telephone lne or defeat ts operaton by more sophstcated means whch may be dffcult to detect. Insuffcent Tme There may be crcumstances when the system wll operate as ntended, yet the occupants wll not be protected from the emergency due to ther nablty to respond to the warnngs n a tmely manner. If the system s montored, the response may not occur n tme to protect the occupants or ther belongngs. Component Falure Although every effort has been made to make ths system as relable as possble, the system may fal to functon as ntended due to the falure of a component. Inadequate Testng Most problems that would prevent an alarm system from operatng as ntended can be found by regular testng and mantenance. The complete system should be tested weekly and mmedately after a break-n, an attempted break-n, a fre, a storm, an earthquake, an accdent, or any knd of constructon actvty nsde or outsde the premses. The testng should nclude all sensng devces, keypads, consoles, alarm ndcatng devces and any other operatonal devces that are part of the system. Securty and Insurance Regardless of ts capabltes, an alarm system s not a substtute for property or lfe nsurance. An alarm system also s not a substtute for property owners, renters, or other occupants to act prudently to prevent or mnmze the harmful effects of an emergency stuaton. IMPORTANT - READ CAREFULLY: DSC Software purchased wth or wthout Products and Components s copyrghted and s purchased under the followng lcense terms: (f) Termnaton - Wthout prejudce to any other rghts, DSC may termnate ths EULA f You fal to comply wth the terms and condtons of ths EULA. In such event, You must destroy all copes of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and all of ts component parts. (g) Trademarks - Ths EULA does not grant You any rghts n connecton wth any trademarks or servce marks of DSC or ts supplers. 3. COPYRIGHT - All ttle and ntellectual property rghts n and to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT (ncludng but not lmted to any mages, photographs, and text ncorporated nto the SOFTWARE PRODUCT), the accompanyng prnted materals, and any copes of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, are owned by DSC or ts supplers. You may not copy the prnted materals accompanyng the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. All ttle and ntellectual property rghts n and to the content whch may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT are the property of the respectve content owner and may be protected by applcable copyrght or other ntellectual property laws and treates. Ths EULA grants You no rghts to use such content. All rghts not expressly granted under ths EULA are reserved by DSC and ts supplers. 4. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS - You agree that You wll not export or re-export the SOFTWARE PRODUCT to any country, person, or entty subject to Canadan export restrctons. 5. CHOICE OF LAW - Ths Software Lcense Agreement s governed by the laws of the Provnce of Ontaro, Canada. 6. ARBITRATION - All dsputes arsng n connecton wth ths Agreement shall be determned by fnal and bndng arbtraton n accordance wth the Arbtraton Act, and the partes agree to be bound by the arbtrator s decson. The place of arbtraton shall be Toronto, Canada, and the language of the arbtraton shall be Englsh. 7. LIMITED WARRANTY (a) NO WARRANTY - DSC PROVIDES THE SOFTWARE AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY. DSC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE. (b) CHANGES IN OPERATING ENVIRONMENT - DSC shall not be responsble for problems caused by changes n the operatng characterstcs of the HARDWARE, or for problems n the nteracton of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT wth non-dsc-software or HARDWARE PRODUCTS. (c) LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; WARRANTY REFLECTS ALLOCATION OF RISK - IN ANY EVENT, IF ANY STATUTE IMPLIES WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS NOT STATED IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, DSC S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU TO LICENSE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND FIVE CANADIAN DOLLARS (CAD$5.00). BECAUSE SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. (d) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES - THIS WARRANTY CONTAINS THE ENTIRE WARRANTY AND SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) AND OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF DSC. DSC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES. DSC NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER PERSON PURPORTING TO ACT ON ITS BEHALF TO MODIFY OR TO CHANGE THIS WARRANTY, NOR TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR LIABILITY CONCERNING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT. (e) EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTY - UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL DSC BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES BASED UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE OR REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES OR SERVICES, DOWN TIME, PURCHASERS TIME, THE CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY TO PROPERTY. WARNING: DSC recommends that the entre system be completely tested on a regular bass. However, despte frequent testng, and due to, but not lmted to, crmnal tamperng or electrcal dsrupton, t s possble for ths SOFTWARE PRODUCT to fal to perform as expected.
5 Table of Contents Chapter Descrpton Page 1 Introducton PC9155 Model Dfferences Specfcatons Controls & Indcators Data Entry Installaton Hardware Installaton Wrng Wreless Devce Enrollment Wreless Devce Placement Test Indvdual Wreless Devce Placement Test GPRS/Ethernet Intalzaton Operaton Operatng Modes Language Selecton [] Commands Functon Keys Programmng Template Programmng DLS Programmng Installer Programmng Installer Programmng Index to Programmng Optons Programmng Worksheets Programmng Descrptons Testng & Troubleshootng Wreless Devce Placement Test Testng the System Resettng the System to Factory Defaults Troubleshootng Battery Removal/Replacement Appendx A: Appendx B: Appendx C: Appendx D: Reportng Code Formats APP-1 Communcator Format Optons APP-5 2-Way Audo Verfcaton (PC5950) APP-6 Regulatory Approvals Informaton APP-7 v
6 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 1 Introducton Ths manual provdes nstallaton and programmng nformaton for the PC9155 two-way wreless seres of alarm panels. The PC9155 s a twoway wreless alarm system that can nterface wth one-way and two-way RF devces. Three separate hardware platforms exst for the 433 MHz and 868 MHz versons. 1.1 PC9155 Model Dfferences G models have a GS2065 module nstalled. The GS2065 module s a GSM (Global System for Moble communcatons) wreless cell communcator that communcates wth a GPRS (General Packet Rado Servces) global network that can be programmed as the prmary or backup communcator. D models have a TL265GS module nstalled. The TL265GS module combnes the functonalty of the GS2065 wreless cell communcator and T-Lnk TCP/IP Ethernet/Internet communcator. Ether functon can be programmed as the prmary or backup communcator. I models have a TL265 module nstalled. The TL265 s a T-Lnk TCP/IP Ethernet/Internet communcator that can be programmed as the prmary or backup communcator. All models can communcate va telephone (PSTN) n addton to cell and Internet descrbed above. Refer to the assocated nstallaton gude for programmng of the GS2065, TL265 and TL265GS modules. 1.2 Specfcatons Table 1-2 Specfcatons Temperature Range...0 C-49 C (32 F F) Humdty...93%RH Non Condensng Power Current Draw (panel) 240 VAC Prmary...57mA(AC)(Max) 120 VAC Prmary...114mA(AC)(Max) 16.5 VAC Secondary...855mA(AC)(Max) Current Draw (panel) Battery Only Standby...90mA Max Transmt (GPRS/Ethernet Module)...330mA Max Battery Capacty... 12VDC 2.3Ah Chargng Rate...240mA. (12Hrs Max) Backup Tme (No Aux)...24Hr Aux+ Voltage VDC Current mA Max PGM 1&2 Output Current... 50mA (ea.) Note: Aux and PGM outputs share the 200mA load. Wreless Transcever Operatng Frequency Panel MHz/ MHZ Dmensons: PC H10.5 x W8.5 x D 2.3 n WT H4.9 x W6.5 x D 1.25 n wth wall bracket... H4.9 x W6.5 x D 1.5 n Weght PC9155 NA lb. (1.830Kg) PC9155 EU (Internal Transformer) lb. (2.275Kg) WT lb. (0.454Kg) Out of the Box: PC9155 RJ31-x Telephone (NA only) Transformer: NA external, EU nternal Mountng hardware kt Installaton, Keypad & User manuals...qty (1) ea. One-way, Two-way Devce Installaton sheets...as requred Table 1-1 PC9155 Models Operatng GS2065 TL265GS TL265 Frequency Note: For SIA CP-01 complant nstallatons the mnmum requred components are: PC Control Panel and WT Keypad. Optonal components that can be used wth the system are: TL265, TL265GS, GS2065, WT5500P-433, PT4, WT4989, WT4901, and WT4911. Model PC PC PC9155G-433 PC9155G-868 PC9155D-433 PC9155D-868 PC9155I-433 PC9155I MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz Note: Only Models PC , PC9155D-433 and PC9155G- 433 are UL/ULC lsted. Table 1-3 Compatble Wreless Devces WS, WLS, EV prefxes ndcate one-way wreless devce. WT prefx ndcates two-way wreless devce. Descrptons PC9155x-433 PC9155x-868 Wreless Keypads UL WT WT UL WT5500P-433 WT5500P-868 Proxmty Tag UL PT4 PT8 Door Contacts UL WS4945 WS8945 UL WS4965 WS8965 **WS4975 WS8975 EV-DW4917 ***EV-DW4975 Moton Detectors UL WS4904 WS8904 UL WS4904P WS8904P UL WLS Smoke Detector UL WS4916 WS8916 UL WS4926 CO (Carbon Monoxde) Detector UL WS4913 WS8913 Flood Detector WS4985 WS8985 Glass Break Detectors UL WLS912L-433 Shock Detector EV-DW4927 Wreless Srens UL Indoor WT4901 WT8901 UL Outdoor WT4911 WT8911 Wreless Keys Panc Pendants Hold-up UL WS4939 WS4949 WS4959 WS4969 WS4979 UL WT4989 UL WS4938 UL WS4938-2W WLS WS8939 WT8989 WS8938 Only UL approved devces are to be used wth lsted systems. **Not avalable n North Amerca, South Amerca and New Zealand ***Avalable n North Amerca, South Amerca and New Zealand only 1-1
7 1 Introducton 1.3 Controls & Indcators The PC9155 can have a maxmum of eght status ndcators located on the front panel. The four ndcators located on the left sde of the panel ndcate the Ready status, Armed status, Trouble status and AC Power status of the alarm system. Four addtonal ndcators are located on the rght sde of the panel only f a GS2065, TL265 or TL265GS module s nstalled. They ndcate Communcator Trouble status, Network status (TL265GS only), and Hgh or Low sgnal strength. Table 1-4 Controls & Indcators - Alarm Panel Alarm Indcators Ready: Panel s ready to be armed. Armed: Panel s armed. Trouble: Enter [][2] to vew troubles. Yellow ndcates trouble. Orange ndcates RF Jam trouble. AC Power: On=AC present. OFF=AC absent. Fgure 1-1 Controls & Indcators - Keypad Ambent Lght Sensor LCD < > ndcates user can scroll through optons System s Ready to Arm <> GPRS/Ethernet Module Indcators Communcator Trouble: Enter [][2] to vew troubles. Network: Internet communcaton s absent. Sgnal Strength (Hgh): GPRS sgnal strength s hgh. Sgnal Strength: (Low): GPRS sgnal strength s low. LED Indcators Ready Armed Trouble AC Power Scroll Keys Emergency Keys Fre Auxlary Panc * 0 # DG Functon Keys 1.4 Data Entry Conventons Used Brackets [ ] ndcate numbers or symbols that are to be entered on the keypad. E.g., [ ][8][Installer Code][898] requres the followng key entres: [ ] ndcates to the alarm system that a specal command wll be entered. [8] places the alarm system n Installer Programmng mode. [5555] s the default nstaller code. The default nstaller code should be changed durng ntal programmng of the system. [898] ndcates the partcular programmng secton beng accessed. E.g. [898] Wreless Devce Enrollment, [899] Template Programmng, [999] Alarm System Default Enterng Letters Some commands requre the entry of letters (.e., A, B, C, D, E, F). To enter a letter, press [ ] and the number on the keypad that corresponds to the approprate letter, as ndcated below. 1=A, 2=B, 3=C, 4=D, 5=E, 6=F The cursor wll blnk to ndcate that you are enterng letters. To revert back to numerc entry press [ ]. Incorrect Data Entres: To change a data entry before t has been accepted by the alarm system, use the scroll keys to reposton the cursor then re-enter the dgt. If the data has already been accepted by the system, press [#] to ext the secton then re-enter the programmng secton and type the data agan. If you ncorrectly enter 0001 n Step 2 of Program alarm system n Template Programmng, you must ether reset the alarm system to ts default values (secton [996], re-enroll all wreless devces and re-program the system) or re-enter the correct data n Installer Programmng [ ][8]. Specal Keys: Scroll symbols < > on the dsplay ndcate that optons can vewed by pressng the keys. These scroll keys can also be used to poston the cursor. The key s smlar n functon to the ENTER key on a personal computer. It s generally used to accept the exstng programmng opton. It s also the frst key entry for [ ] commands and can be used to enter the letters A-F when n Installer Programmng mode. The key functons smlarly to the ESCAPE key on a personal computer. It s generally used to ext the current programmng secton or to return to the prevous menu. 1-2
8 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 2 Installaton Ths chapter descrbes how to nstall the panel and how to confgure t to work wth assocated devces such as keypads and srens. Topcs nclude how to mount the panel on a flat surface, how to wre the panel, and how to enroll and placement test wreless devces. 2.1 Hardware Installaton The followng procedure descrbes how to mount th epc9155 alarm panel on a flat surface. 1. Select a sutable locaton for the alarm panel. The locaton should have low RF nterference (See 2.4 Wreless Devce Placement Test on page 5), and be n a dry area, close to an unswtched AC outlet, phone lne (f requred), and Ethernet cable (f requred). DO NOT mount the panel on an electrcal box. Poston the panel away from metal objects (e.g., applances, furnace, duct work, etc.). 2. Gently pry the front cover from the chasss usng a small slotted screwdrver n the slots provded. 3. If the battery s covered wth a protectve plastc bag, remove the battery from the panel and dscard the bag. To remove the battery, depress the plastc retaner on the rght sde of t then lft the battery from the housng. 4. If requred, connect the battery cable to the battery connector on the PC board. 5. Remove the termnal protecton from the battery. 6. Install the battery cable on the battery spade lug termnals [(+)Red, (-)Black)]. To nstall, slde the left sde of the battery [(+) termnal] under the left battery retanng bracket. 7. Insert a slot screwdrver between the battery and rght retanng bracket. Lever the rght retanng bracket to the rght whle pressng the battery frmly n place. 8. Route wrng through the channels provded to the wrng access hole. See Fgure Secure the unt to the wall usng the mountng holes provded. For PC9155 models equpped wth an nternal transformer, route AC wrng through the AC wrng gude then through the access hole adjacent to the nternal transformer. Secure the AC lne and neutral (N) wrng to the fused sde of the termnal block as ndcated. For PC9155D models, route the RJ-45 termnated CAT5 Ethernet cable through the wrng gude then through the wrng access hole and connect to the RJ-45 jack located on the TL265GS module. Ethernet communcaton lnes must be connected to an approved (acceptable to local authortes) type NID (Network Interface Devce) before leavng the premses (e.g., UL Installatons, UL60950 lsted NID). If requred, remove/replace the exstng coaxal cable and connect thetl265/ TL265GS/GS2065 to an external antenna. Fgure 2-1 AC Fuse Block 250VAC/ 160mA FUSE Fgure 2-2 GPRS/Ethernet Module Wrng Detals GS2065/ TL265/TL265GS Jumperng Ethernet cable to ground may cause communcaton problems. Use wth cauton. To Router/Ethernet To remove connector: NOTE: Removal wth fngers may damage connector. 2-1
9 2 Installaton Fgure 2-3 Mountng & Wrng Detals Internal Transformer Verson Only FUSE Internal Transformer Verson Only DG AC T-1 R-1 TIP RING I/O2 I/O1 - AUX + AC AC CAUTION: The Ethernet communcaton lnes must be connected frst to an approved (acceptable to the local authortes) type NID (Network Interface Devce) before leavng the premses (e.g., UL nstallatons, UL60950 Lsted NID). Phone Lne T1-Brn Connects to n-house phone lne R1- Gra Connects to n-house phone lne Tp - Grn Connects to outsde phone lne. Allows system to seze the phone lne from devces connected to T1-R1 PC9155 Telephone I/O T-1 R-1 Tp Rng 2 1 Aux AC Rng - Red Connects to outsde phone lne. Allows system to seze the phone lne from devces connected to T1-R1 I/O I/O - 1 Can be confgured as a PGM output (50mA) or hard wred zone nput (Zone 33) I/O - 2 Can be confgured as a PGM output (50mA) or hard wred zone nput (Zone 34) Aux Aux - Provdes common connecton for hard-wred zones and Aux+ power Aux + Provdes +12VDC, 200mA (Max.) for PGMs and modules AC ~ Connects drectly to external 16.5VAC transformer or fused nternal transformer ~ Connects drectly to external 16.5VAC transformer or fused nternal transformer 2-2
10 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 2.2 Wrng 1 I/O Wrng The two I/O termnals can be programmed as hard-wred zone nputs and/or PGM outputs. See programmng secton [013] Opt [1,2]. 1a. Zone Wrng Zones 1-32 are reserved for wreless zones. If programmed as zone nputs, I/O- 1 s zone 33 and I/O-2 s zone 34. Zones can be wred for Normally Open (NO) contacts wth sngle-end-of-lne resstors or Normally Closed (NC) contacts wth sngle-end-of-lne or doubleend-of-lne resstors. Observe the followng gudelnes: For UL/ULC lsted nstallatons use SEOL or DEOL only Use mnmum 22AWG, maxmum 18 AWG wre DO NOT use shelded wre Wre run resstance shall not exceed 100 Ω Zones 33 and 34 are defaulted for SEOL resstors Secton [133]-[134] opt.[14] selects Normally Closed or Normally Open Secton [133-[134] opt.[15] selects SEOL resstors Secton [133]-[134] opt.[16] selects DEOL resstors Zone Status - Loop Resstance/Loop Status (DEOL only) Fault - 0Ω (shorted wre/loop)(shorted wre to 4.5KOhm) Secure - 5,600Ω (contact closed)(4.5kohm to 6.25KOhm) Volated - 11,200Ω (contact open)(13.5kohm to open) Tamper - nfnte (broken wre, open)(9kohm to 13.5KOhm) 1b. Programmable Output (PGM) and Aux Wrng I/O termnals confgured as programmable outputs (PGMs) swtch to ground when actvated by the alarm system. The PGMs are open collector outputs. Wth a 45 ma load, the voltage measured at the PGM and Aux + shall be approxmately 8V wth respect to ground. Wth a 25 ma load, the voltage measured shall be approxmately 10V. Connect the postve sde of the devce to the Aux+ termnal. Connect the negatve sde of the devce to the I/O termnal. Each PGM can provde 50mA maxmum output. NOTE: The PC9155 provdes 200mA maxmum of AUX current for PGMs, relays, LEDs, etc. The AUX output shall be used only for resdental burglary applcatons. 1c. PC Way Audo Verfcaton Module Wrng Install the PC5950 n a metal cabnet secured to a wall. Power down the PC9155 f requred. Route wrng to the PC9155 through the wrng gude. Route wrng to the audo statons as ndcated (2 Max). Ensure telephone lne wrng enables the PC9155 to seze the lne. Test the system. Refer to the PC5950 Installaton Gude. Refer to Appendx C: 2-Way Audo Verfcaton (PC5950). Burglary Zone Wrng Chart Wre Sze Max wre length to end-of-lne resstor AWG mm Feet Meters Fgures are based on maxmum wrng resstance of 100 Ω Wrng dagram 1, Talk/Lsten wth Sren Shutdown, does a full talk/ lsten n sesson for slent alarms. If a lsten-n only sesson s requred for slent alarms, use wrng dagram 2, Lsten-n Only wth Sren Shutdown. Normally Closed Loops - Do NOT use for UL Installatons Any I/O Termnal ALARM CONTACT AUX- Termnal 2 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WITH NO END OF LINE RESISTOR Sngle End-of-Lne Resstor Wrng Any I/O Termnal Any I/O Termnal 1 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT WITH 5600Ω END OF LINE RESISTOR 1 NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT AND 1 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT WITH 5600Ω END OF LINE RESISTOR Double End-of-Lne Resstor Wrng Any I/O Termnal I/O AUX- Termnal AUX- Termnal AUX- Termnal 2 NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS AND 2 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WITH 5600Ω END OF LINE RESISTOR AUX- Termnal DEOL CIRCUIT ALARM 1 NORMALLY CONTACT CLOSED CONTACT WITH 5600Ω END OF LINE RESISTORS Program I/O 1 - Audo Verfcaton PGM I/O PC5950 Programmng Secton 01 - Set to 1 (Hard Trp) Secton 10 - Set to 2 (Trgger Enable:Auto Trp by Bell or Green) Any I/O Termnal Any I/O Termnal Any I/O Termnal Any I/O Termnal AUX- Termnal AUX- Termnal 1 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT WITH NO END OF LINE RESISTOR 1 NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT WITH 5600 Ω END OF LINE RESITSTOR AUX- Termnal TEMPER CONTACT LED output wth: DEOL CIRCUITS 2 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS WITH 5600Ω END OF LINE & TAMPER RESISTOR Current lmtng resstor and optonal relay drver output. Compatble ntatng devces ntended to be used on the AUX output shall be rated for the range: 9.6VDC to 13.8VDC mn. PC5950 Programmng Secton 01 - Set to 1 (Hard Trp) Secton 07 - Set to 1 (Trgger Hgh) Secton 10 - Set to 2 (Trgger Enable: Auto Trp by Bell or Green) Program I/O 2 - Audo Verfcaton Montor Zone 2-3
11 2 Installaton 2. Telephone Lne Wrng Wre the ncomng lne (phone company) and outgong lne (premses) to the connecton termnals of an RJ31x connector as ndcated. Ths wll allow lne sezure f requred by the alarm system. Use 24AWG mnmum for wrng. Communcaton formats are programmed n secton [350]. Telephone call drectons are programmed n sectons [351]-[376]. T-1 R-1 TIP RING BRN GRA GRN RED RJ-31X 3. Battery 4. AC Wrng Sealed Lead Acd Battery Model FP VDC 2.3Ah@20Hr. dscharge rate Standby...24Hr Battery Replacement Removal: (1) Dsconnect the RED (+) and BLACK (-) connectors from the battery. (2) Depress the plastc battery retaner on the rght sde of the battery wth thumb to free battery from the housng, then remove battery. Replacement: (1) Dsconnect panel from AC. (2) Remove termnal protecton from battery. (3) Install battery cable on battery spade lug termnals. (4) Slde left sde of battery [(+) termnal] under the left battery retanng bracket. (5) Insert a slot screwdrver between the battery and rght retanng bracket. Lever the rght retanng bracket to the rght whle pressng the battery frmly n place. (6) Route battery cable through wre gudes and connect to battery termnal. (7) Reconnect panel to AC. DSC recommends battery replacement every 3-5 years. Dspose of battery n accordance wth local regulatons. AC Transformer Requrements: Prmary: 120VAC, 60Hz., 0.200A (For UL/ULC lsted nstallatons) 240VAC, 50Hz., 0.100A (Fuse: 503 S, 250V/160mA Fast-Blo) Secondary: 16.5VAC/20VA The followng plug-n transformers shall be used: North Amerca (UL Lsted Installatons) PTD1620U-CC Canada (ULC Lsted Installatons) PTD1620 Internal Transformer Secondary Wre Run Dstance AWG Feet Meters Do NOT connect transformer to a receptacle controlled by a swtch. Use a Class 2, power lmted transformer for UL/ULC nstallatons. 2.3 Wreless Devce Enrollment Installng a wreless devce requres programmng the system wth the Electronc Seral Number (ESN) of the devce so that t can be dentfed when an event s communcated. Two-way devces must also ntate communcaton wth the control panel to complete the enrollment process. The control panel wll then assgn the devce a unque system ID, devce ID and encrypton key. Ths nformaton s sent to the devce and s stored n ts memory. The system uses these ID's and encrypton to communcate events. Methods of Enrollment Two methods of enrollment are avalable: Quck Enroll Used to enroll new devces on the system (see below for procedure). The Quck Enroll procedure performs one-way and twoway enrolment communcatons n the background. The enrollment procedures for both types of devces are dentcal. Manual or DLS Enroll See Installer Programmng or DLS Programmng (Secton [804]). Manual or DLS enrollment of wreless keys requres the devce to be physcally trggered to complete the enrollment. Enroll wreless devces n the followng sequence: Keypad, Srens, Sensors, Pendants, Wreless Keys. Refer to the assocated nstallaton sheets for addtonal detals on how to actvate specfc wreless devces. Enrollng Wreless Keypads When the PC9155 s frst powered up a 2 mnute wndow s establshed for enrollng the frst keypad. The AC Power and Ready LEDs flash for the duraton of ths wndow. The keypad must be powered up and enrolled wthn ths perod. If not (.e., The AC Power and Ready LEDs stop flashng) the panel must be powered down then powered up agan to re-open the 2 mnute enrollment wndow. 1. Power up alarm system. Connect alarm system to AC Power. The Ready and AC LEDs flash for 2 mnutes. 2. Power up keypad. Connect keypad to AC power or nstall new batteres. After a few seconds the keypad may beep rapdly and the LCD dsplays the followng: Hold [1] and [ ] to Enroll Keypad. Press the [ ] and [1] keys smultaneously to enroll the keypad. WFKP Enrollment Successful s dsplayed. If the Faled to Enroll message s dsplayed perform the followng: Retry the enrollment. Reposton the keypad closer to the control panel. Verfy that the READY and POWER LED ndcators are flashng on the panel. If not, dsconnect the panel from AC and DC power sources then reconnect. Check for RF nterference. See 2.4 Wreless Devce Placement Test for more nformaton. Verfy that the keypad s the correct model for the PC9155 System
12 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Enrollng Addtonal Keypads, Srens & Wreless Keys Before enrollng addtonal wreless devces, ensure the wreless recever s located n an area wth low nterference. See Wreless Recever Placement Test below for detals. 1. Enter [ ][8][5555][898]. The followng s dsplayed: Wreless Enrollment Mode. 2. Actvate the devce as ndcated below or n the devce s nstallaton sheet. Addtonal keypad: Press the [ ] and [1] keys smultaneously. Sren: Power up the devce, press the tamper button or the test button to enroll. Wreless key: Press any key to actvate. To re-enroll on another system, press and hold and smultaneously for 3 seconds. The Electronc Seral Number (ESN) s dsplayed on the keypad. Press[ ] to confrm the ESN. If the ESN s ncorrect press [#] then repeat ths step. 3. After successful confrmaton of the ESN, the system prompts for the slot number. The next avalable slot s dsplayed. Press [ ] to accept or enter for keypads and srens or for wreless keys. To re-enroll a wreless key press smultaneously for approxmately 3 seconds. Enrollng Sensors & Pendants 1. Enter [ ][8][898]. The LCD dsplays the followng: Wreless Enrollment Mode. 2. Place the wreless devce n the desred locaton. 3. Actvate the devce as descrbed n the assocated nstallaton sheet. The electronc seral number (ESN) s dsplayed. NOTE: The ESN s a 6-dgt alphanumerc number located on a removable stcker on the wreless devce. 4. Press [ ] to confrm the seral number. If the seral number s ncorrect, press [#] and repeat ths step. After successful confrmaton of the seral number, the system prompts for the zone number. The next avalable zone s dsplayed. 5. Enter a zone number (01-32) then press [ ] to accept. For the frst devce, enter 01. NOTE: Only one devce may be enrolled n each zone. If a zone already has a devce enrolled, press [*] to overwrte the zone or [#] to enter another zone number. Press [ ] to overwrte the zone or [#] to re-enter the zone number. 6. After successful entry of the zone number, the system prompts for the zone type. (The recommended zone type s dsplayed). Press [ ] to accept the zone type or: Enter [01] for Delay type 1 - Entry/Ext Pont (e.g., door). Enter [03] for Instant type (e.g., wndow). Enter [05] for Interor Stay/Away type (e.g., moton detector). Enter [87] for Delayed 24hr. Fre (e.g., smoke detector). Enter [16] for 24hr. Panc (e.g., panc pendant). 7. After successful entry of a vald zone type, the PC9155 automatcally enters ndvdual placement test mode for the zone that was enrolled. Actvate Devce for Test, Ext # s dsplayed on the screen. The devce may now be placement tested. See below for detals. 8. Press the [#] key to return to the quck enroll screen. Repeat the above procedure for the next zone. Enrollng Proxmty Tags If ths functon s avalable on the keypad, the [ ][5] menu provdes the opton to assgn a proxmty tag to an access code once the access code has been entered. Swpe the tag to enroll t durng user access code assgnment. To unenroll a proxmty tag, the user code must be deleted. 2.4 Wreless Devce Placement Test Perform wreless devce placement testng on keypads, srens and sensors only. Ths test s NOT requred for wreless keys or pendants. Verfy that pendants and wreless keys operate wthn the desred operatng area by armng and dsarmng the system. Test each wreless devce multple tmes to ensure the locaton s GOOD. If a devce tests BAD, reposton t and test agan. A slght change n placement can cause sgnfcant dfferences n sgnal strength and range of a wreless devce. Wreless Recever Placement Test The PC9155 ncludes a wreless recever placement test feature that ndcates the presence of external nterference near the alarm panel. Ths test actvates automatcally when n placement test mode [904],[905]or[906]). Durng a placement test, ensure the yellow LED on the panel s OFF before placement testng wreless devces. Ths ndcates that the panel s n a locaton wth low nterference. If the yellow LED s ON, hgh levels of nterference are present and the panel should be repostoned. Wreless Zone Placement Test 1. To placement test a zone, press [ ][8][XXXX][904]. [XXXX] represents the nstaller code. The LCD dsplays the followng: Select Devce for Test < >. 2. To perform a placement test on an ndvdual zone, type the 2-dgt zone number (01 to 32). 2-5
13 2 Installaton To perform a global placement test on a zone, type [00]. In ths mode, all wreless zones, keypads and srens are placement tested at the same tme. To perform another ndvdual placement test on a zone, ext the global placement test by pressng [#] and begn a new placement test. 3. Place the wreless devce(s) n the ntended mountng locaton(s). 4. Actvate the devce(s) as descrbed n the assocated nstallaton sheet. If the alarm system receves a STRONG sgnal, the bell sounds once and Locaton s Good s dsplayed on the LCD. If the alarm system receves a WEAK sgnal, the bell sounds 3 tmes and Locaton s Bad s dsplayed on the LCD. If the alarm system ndcates no response, reposton the wreless devce(s) and repeat the test. For ndvdual placement tests, repeat step 2-3 for each devce. 5. When placement testng s complete, press [#] to ext Installer Programmng. Two-way wreless keys must be actvated by pressng any key before they become functonal. To placement test a wreless keypad, press number keys 0-9. To placement test a wreless sren, press the Test button or tamper the devce. 2.5 Indvdual Wreless Devce Placement Test for Srens and Keypads Indvdual placement testng can be performed on wreless srens and keypads. Use the scroll keys or enter a 2-dgt entry to select a specfc keypad or sren, dependng on whch placement test secton s entered. Wreless Devce Placement 1. To ndvdually test keypads or srens, press: [ ][8][XXXX][905] - for wreless keypads [ ][8][XXXX][906] - for wreless srens NOTE: [XXXX] represents the nstaller code (default 5555). 2. Type 1 to 4 for keypad/sren 1-4 or scroll to the desred devce and press [ ] to begn the ndvdual placement test. 3. Place the wreless devce n the ntended mountng locaton. 4. Actvate the devce as descrbed n the assocated nstallaton sheet. If the alarm system receves a STRONG sgnal the bell sounds once and Locaton s Good s dsplayed on the LCD. If the alarm system receves a WEAK sgnal the bell sounds 3 tmes and Locaton s Bad s dsplayed on the LCD. If the alarm system ndcates no response, reposton the wreless devce and repeat the test. 5. Repeat Step 2-3 for each devce. Once the placement test s complete for the devce, press [#] once to select the next smlar devce. 6. When placement testng s complete, press [#][#][#] to ext Installer Programmng. 2.6 GPRS/Ethernet Module Setup/Intalzaton After system nstallaton and programmng, ensure that the followng sectons are programmed: Central Staton Phone Number, (Template Programmng - Entry 5) (f applcable, n sectons [301]-[303] & [305]) Account code, secton [310], (Template Programmng - Entry 6) Communcatons Format, Secton [350]- set to [03] Contact ID or [04] SIA FSK GPRS/Ethernet Module Enable secton [382] Opton[5] - set to GPRS/Ethernet Module Enabled 2-6
14 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 3 Operaton 3.1 Operatng Modes Away Armng Away Armng arms the entre system ncludng the permeter and nteror devces. The Ready lght must be ON to arm the system. If the Ready lght s OFF, ensure all protected doors and wndows are secure or bypassed. To arm the system n the Away mode, ether press and hold the Away functon key for 2 seconds or enter a vald user code and leave the premses through a door programmed as Delay. Upon pressng a functon key or enterng an access code, the Armed lght turns ON. If the Audble Ext Delay opton s enabled, the keypad wll beep once every second durng the ext delay (and three tmes a second durng the last 10 seconds) to alert the user to leave. The Ready lght wll turn off when the Ext Delay ends Stay Armng Zones must be programmed wth zone defntons (05 Interor Stay/Away, 06 Delay Stay/Away, or 32 Instant Stay/ Away) for ths functon to work. Stay Armng s ntended to arm the permeter of the premses whle permttng movement wthn the premses. The Ready lght must be ON to arm the system. If the Ready lght s OFF ensure all protected doors and wndows are secure or bypassed. To arm the system n the Stay mode, ether press and hold the Stay functon key for 2 seconds or enter a vald user code and stay wthn the premses (do NOT volate a door programmed as Delay). Upon pressng a functon key or enterng an access code, the Armed lght turns ON. If the Stay functon button s used, the keypad wll not beep durng the ext delay and the user can stll ext the buldng wthout the system revertng to Away mode. When a user code s used, the keypad beeps f the Audble Ext Delay opton s enabled. The Ready lght turns off when the ext delay ends Nght Armng Nght armng s ntended to arm the permeter and restrct movement to desgnated areas n the nteror (e.g., hallways from bedrooms to bathrooms). If nght zones are programmed, enterng [ ][1] whle the system s armed n stay mode wll re-actvate all nteror zones except those programmed as nght zones. Alternatvely, whle the system s dsarmed the Nght Arm functon key can be pressed for 2 seconds to arm the panel n nght mode. The Ready lght must be ON (dsarmed) or the system must be armed n the Stay mode to arm the system n ths mode. In Nght mode only nght zones (Zone defnton 37) are bypassed. When actvated, there are no acknowledgement beeps, the ext delay s slent and the panel logs Armed n Nght Mode. If there are no nght zone types programmed on the system, the system arms n Away mode and the panel logs Armed n Away Mode Dsarmng The user must enter through a door programmed as Delay. Upon enterng, the keypad emts a steady entry delay tone (and a pulsng tone durng the last 10 seconds of entry delay) to alert the user to dsarm the system. To dsarm the system, enter a vald user code, present a proxmty tag or use a wreless key. If an alarm occurred whle the panel was armed, the keypad dsplays Alarm n Memory and the zone(s) that went nto alarm durng the armed perod. Press the [#] key to return the keypad to the Ready state. 3.2 Language Selecton The keypad can be programmed to dsplay messages and labels n dfferent languages. Language can be selected before the keypad s enrolled on the system. Perform the followng when n Ready to Arm mode or at the Installer Programmng menu: (1) Press and hold both scroll keys [< >] smultaneously untl language optons are dsplayed. (2) Scroll to the desred language usng the scroll keys [< >]. (3) Press [ ] to select the desred language. 3.3 [ ] Commands The followng s a lst of the [ ] commands avalable and a descrpton of each: [ ][1] Bypass (dsarmed state)/reactvate Stay/Away Zones (armed state) [ ][2] Dsplay Trouble Condtons [ ][3] Dsplay Alarm Memory [ ][4] Door Chme Enable/Dsable [ ][5][Master/Supervsory Code] User Code Programmng and Proxmty Tag Enrollment [ ][6][Master/Supervsory Code] User Functons [ ][7][1/2] Command Outputs 1 and 2 [ ][8][Installer Code] Installer Programmng [ ][9][User Code] No-Entry Armng [ ][0] Quck Arm (dsarmed state)/quck Ext (armed state) [ ][1] Bypass/Re-actvate Stay/Away and Nght Zones Press [ ][1] to enter Bypass mode. If the Code Requred for Bypass opton s enabled, enter a vald user code. The keypad dsplays Scroll to Bypass Zones. The keypad dsplays the programmed zone labels and ncludes the letter O n the bottom, rght corner f the zone s volated or the letter B f the zone s bypassed. Scroll to the approprate zone and press the [ ] key to change the bypass status (or enter the 2-dgt zone number). Once the correct zones are bypassed, press [#] to ext. Addtonal Bypass Commands Bypass Recall: In Bypass mode, press [99]. The keypad recalls the last group of zones that were bypassed. Clear Bypass: Press [00]. The keypad clears the bypass on all zones. Save Bypass: Press [95]. The keypad saves zones whch are manually bypassed. Recall Save: Press [91]. The keypad recalls the bypassed zones that were saved. 3-1
15 3 Operaton Re-actvate Stay/Away and Nght Zones: Press [ ][1] when the system s armed n the Stay mode to change the armed status to Away mode or Nght mode. The system wll add the Stay/ Away zones back nto the system after the ext delay tme expres. If any zones are programmed as nght zones (zone defnton 37), pressng [ ][1] when the system s n Stay mode actvates Nght mode nstead of Away mode. Only nght zones are bypassed. The stay and away zones are added back nto the system. [ ][2] Trouble Dsplay Refer to Chapter 6: Testng & Troubleshootng, for troubleshootng assstance and a detaled descrpton of all trouble condtons. [ ][3] Alarm Memory Dsplay Pressng the scroll < > keys dsplay an Alarms n Memory message f an alarm occurred durng the last armed perod. Pressng [ ][3] dsplays the message Scroll to vew Alarms. To clear the memory, arm then dsarm the system. [ ][4] Door Chme Enable/Dsable Press [ ][4]. The keypad emts 3 rapd beeps to ndcate that the door chme feature s enabled or a steady 2-second tone to ndcate t s dsabled. The same functon can be performed by pressng and holdng the Chme functon key for 2 seconds. [ ][5] Program User Codes The followng table dentfes avalable user codes: Code Type Functon [01] [16] [40] General User Codes Master Code Determned by attrbutes programmed below All attrbutes descrbed below Programmng User Codes Press [ ][5] followed by the master code. The keypad dsplays the frst user (user 01) and ncludes the letter P f the user code s programmed. Scroll to the approprate user number and press the [ ] key to program the user (or enter the 2-dgt user number). Enter a new 4 or 6-dgt user code or press [ ] to delete the user code. After the user code s programmed or deleted, scroll to another user number or press [#] to ext. Proxmty tags can be assgned to a programmed user code on WT5500P keypads. After assgnng a user code, the dsplay prompts for the tag to be swped. Ths assgns a proxmty tag to the user code. The user code wll have a T n the lower rght hand corner ndcatng that a tag s assocated wth that code. To delete a proxmty tag, the user code must be deleted. Refer to the Proxmty Tag Installaton Sheet for detals. The proxmty tag can be used n place of the access code for any of the nstructons referred to n the Operaton secton of ths manual. Programmng User Attrbutes Press [ ][5] followed by the master code or supervsor code. Press [9] followed by the 2-dgt user number to vew user attrbutes. To change user attrbutes, press the number correspondng to the attrbute or scroll to the desred attrbute and press [ ]. When the correct attrbutes are assgned to the user, press [#] to ext. To change the attrbutes for another user, press [9] followed by the 2-dgt user number. When fnshed, press [#] to ext. These attrbutes affect the operaton of wreless keys. Wreless key numbers (01-16) correspond wth user access codes (01-16). Duress codes are not vald when enterng [ ][5], [ ][6] or [ ][8] sectons. Duplcate codes and codes that are +/- 1 of an exstng code can not be programmed. [1] Supervsor s Code: Ths attrbute s used for valdaton when enterng the [ ][5] User Code Programmng secton and [ ][6] User Functons secton. Note, the supervsor s code can only valdate programmng for codes wth equal or lesser attrbutes. The supervsor s code also allows ths user to create bypass groups f an access code s requred to enter nto [ ][1] Bypassng. [2] Duress Code: Duress codes are standard user codes that transmt the Duress Alarm Reportng Code whenever the code s entered to perform any functon on the system. [3] Bypass Zones: The user can manually bypass zones f bypassng requres an access code. [4] Phone Access: Ths attrbute s used to specfy whch users can access the system remotely. Note: After 5 nvald access codes, remote access s locked out. The nvald access codes tmer s cleared every 60 mnutes. Vald access codes do not reset the nvald access code count. [5-6] Future Use [7] Bell Squawk On Armng/Dsarmng: The panel squawks the bell when the user arms usng the Away functon key and a user code, or f the away functon key s pressed on an dentfed wreless key. [8] One-tme Use Code: The one-tme-use code allows unlmted armng but only permts a sngle dsarmng once a day. The Dsarm functon s restored at mdnght. 3-2
16 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [ ][6] User Functons To access the User Functons secton, press [ ][6] followed by the master or supervsor code. Select one of the functons descrbed below by pressng the correspondng number or scrollng to the desred opton then pressng [ ]. [1] Program Tme and Date: Enter the tme and date usng the followng format [HH:MM] [MM/DD/YY]. Program the tme usng mltary standard (e.g., 8:00 pm = 20:00 hours). [2]-[3] Future Use [4] System Test: The system actvates the sren output on medum volume for 2 seconds followed by full volume alarm for 2 seconds. All dsplay lghts and LCD pxels turn on. [5] Enable DLS: The panel wll temporarly enable DLS double-call for 6 hours. [6] User Intated DLS: The panel attempts to call the DLS computer. [7] Future Use [8] User Walk Test Mode: Walk Test mode allows the operaton of each detector n the system to be tested. Press [ ][6][Master Code][8] to ntate Walk Test mode. Whle n Walk Test mode, the Ready, Armed, and Trouble LED's flash to ndcate that the test s actve. Re-enterng [ ][6][Master Code][8] exts Walk Test mode. The system wll also automatcally termnate the test on completon; t wll sound an audble warnng (5 beeps every 10 seconds), begnnng 5 mnutes before the termnaton of the test. [9] Late to Open Control: Ths feature notfes a user f ther alarm system s not dsarmed by a programmed tme of day (see Late to Open Tme of Day). It s typcally used to track chldren after school. For example, f the parents get home from work at 5 pm, and a chld gets home at 4 pm, the programmable tmer could be set for 4:15 pm. If the system s not dsarmed at ths tme an alert s sent to the montorng staton. The LCD keypad dsplays Late to Open s Enabled and sounds a beep f [9] s pressed wthn the User Functons menu when ths feature s off. The LCD keypad dsplays Late to Open s Dsabled and sounds an error tone f [9] s pressed wthn the User Functons menu when ths feature s on. [0] Late to Open Tme of Day: Ths attrbute sets the tme for Late to Open Control programmed for attrbute [9] operaton. Vald entres for these sectons are 00:00-23:59. Enterng 99:99 dsables the late to open feature for that day. After the [0] key s pressed n the [][6] menu, acknowledge beeps are sounded and the message Press ( ) for < > Sunday s dsplayed on the keypad. Pressng the [>] key scrolls through each day of the week from Sunday to Saturday. Whle n the Late to Open menu, enterng keys 1-7 also selects each day from Sunday to Saturday. Addtonal Keypad Functons The followng addtonal keypad functons are avalable: Event Buffer: Used to vew the 500-event panel buffer Brghtness Control: Used to adjust the dsplay backlghtng level for optmal vewng Contrast Control: Used to adjust the dsplay contrast level for optmal vewng Buzzer Control: Used to adjust the keypad buzzer tone for optmal sound SMS Phone Number Programmng: Used to program up to 8 phone numbers for the panel to accept ncomng SMS commands from. [ ][7][1 or 2] Command Outputs (1&2) Press [ ][7] then [1] or [2]. If the Command Output Code Requred opton s enabled, enter a vald user code. The panel actvates a command output assgned to any PGM. [ ][8] Installer Programmng Press [][8][Installer Code] to enter Installer Programmng. Installer programmng allows the nstaller to program all system functons. Refer to the secton 5: Installer Programmng for detals. [ ][9][User Code] No-Entry Armng Press [ ][9] followed by a vald user code. The system arms n the Stay mode after the ext delay expres and removes the entry delay. All zones programmed as Delay functon n the same way as Instant zones. The system flashes the Armed lght to ndcate that t s armed wth no entry delay. [ ][0] Quck Arm/Quck Ext Quck Arm: When dsarmed, press [][0] to arm the system. Quck Arm s equvalent to enterng your user code. Quck Ext: When armed, press [][0] to actvate Quck Ext. Quck Ext allows you to ext the premses wthout dsarmng the system.the system allows a sngle zone programmed as Delay to be volated and restored once durng the followng 2 mnute tme perod wthout changng the status of the system. 3.4 Functon Keys The keypad has 5 programmable one-touch functon keys located n a column down the rght-sde of the keypad. These keys can also be actvated by pressng and holdng number [1] through [5] respectvely for 2 seconds. The default for these keys are as follows: [1] Stay Arm [4] Bypass [2] Away Arm [5] Quck Ext [3] Chme Enable/Dsable 3-3
17 4 Programmng 4 Programmng The PC9155 can be programmed usng the followng methods: Programmng Method Descrpton Procedure Template Programmng DLS Programmng Installer Programmng Allows the mnmum requred data to be programmed. It also allows for the setup of DLS downloadng software. Allows programmng to be downloaded usng DLS-IV software. DLS programmng can be performed locally wth a PC- Lnk cable and a PC wth DLS-IV software nstalled. DLS programmng can be performed remotely va telephone lne, GPRS network or the Internet. Allows drect access to all programmng sectons. Template programmng s accessed from here. Press [899] at the Enter Secton screen. See Template Programmng below for detals. DLS Programmng can be set up from Template Programmng (See Steps 3, 4 and 5) or from Installer Programmng (See programmng sectons [401]-[499]). Press [ ][8][Installer Code] whle the system s dsarmed. Refer to Installer Programmng n secton 4.3 for detals. 4.1 Template Programmng Template Programmng allows the nstaller to quckly program the mnmum functons requred for basc operaton. The nstaller s prompted to enter a 4-dgt code that selects predefned zone defntons, reportng code formats, troubles and restorals, and DLS setup (see the tables for dgts 1-4 below). The nstaller s then prompted to enter the central staton telephone number and account code, DLS access code, entry and ext delays and a new nstaller code. Perform the followng after completng the hardware nstallaton. Ensure you have the nformaton lsted below avalable for programmng. Record ths nformaton n secton 5.2 Programmng Worksheets for future reference: Montorng Staton Telephone Number - Provded by your alarm montorng servce. Montorng Staton Account Code - Provded by your alarm montorng servce. Downloadng Access Code. Entry Delay - Installer defned. Ext Delay - Installer defned. Installer Code - User defned unque 4-dgt code. The default value s [5555]. To perform template programmng: 1. At the Ready to Arm screen, enter [ ][8][5555][899]. 2. At the Enter Data screen, enter [0001] to accept the exstng default programmng. See the tables below for detals of dgts After enterng [0001], the frst telephone entry s dsplayed. Enter the montorng staton telephone number after the D. DO NOT delete any of the remanng F s. Press [#] to complete the entry. 4. After programmng the frst telephone number, the system account code s dsplayed. The system account code can be any 6-dgt combnaton of numbers (0-9) and letters (A-F). If the system account code s 4-dgts, the last two dgts must be FF. To enter the letters A through F, press [ ] then the numbers 1 through 6 for the letter A through F respectvely. Press [ ] agan to revert back to decmal entry. E.g., to enter 1234FF press [1234*66]. See secton [310] for addtonal detals. 5. After programmng the system account code, the downloadng access code s dsplayed. Enter the new downloadng access code or press [#] to proceed to the next step. See secton [403] for addtonal detals. 6. The entry delay s the amount of tme gven to dsarm the alarm system, after enterng the premses through a delay type zone, before an alarm s sounded. Press [>][>][>] to accept the default tme of 30 seconds (030) or enter an entry delay between 001 and 255. E.g., Press 020 for a delay of 20 seconds. See secton [005] for addtonal detals. 7. The ext delay s the amount of tme gven to ext the premses after pressng the Arm key before the alarm system s armed. Press [>][>][>] to accept the default tme of 120 seconds (120) or enter an entry delay between 001 and 255. E.g., press 030 for a delay of 30 seconds. See secton [005] for addtonal detals. 8. After programmng the ext delay, the nstaller code s dsplayed. Enter a 4 or 6-dgt code dependng on the value n secton [701] opton Press [#] to ext Template Programmng. See secton [006] for nstaller code detals. 4-1
18 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Dgt 1 selects one of the followng zone defnton optons for the frst 8 zones. A 0 n the dgt 1 locaton ndcates that the default settngs for the frst 8 zones are n place unless overrdden durng enrollment. See secton [001] for defaults. Opton Zn1 Zn2 Zn3 Zn4 Zn5 Zn6 Zn7 Zn8 Zone Defntons (Optons 1-7) 0 Ths entry wll not change the currently programmed zone defntons Delay Delay Instant Interor Interor Stay/Away Delayed Stay/Away Delayed 24 Hr. Refer to Chapter 5 for zone defnton detals. 88 Standard 24 Hr. Fre Dgt 2 selects one of the followng reportng code optons: Opt# Phone Lne 1 Programmng Secton Phone Lne 3 Programmng Secton 0 Ths entry wll not change the exstng communcatons programmng. 1 Dsabled [380] Opt 1 OFF Dsabled 2 SIA Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled [350] 1st Phone # [04] [380] Opt 1 ON [381] Opt 3 OFF 3 Contact ID Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled [350] 1st Phone # [03] [380] Opt 1 ON [381] Opt 7 OFF 4 SIA Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled [350] 1st Phone #[04] [380] Opt 1 ON [381] Opt 3 OFF 5 Contact ID Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled [350] 1st Phone # [03] [380] Opt 1 ON [381] Opt 7 OFF 6 Contact ID Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled [350] 1st Phone # [03] [380] Opt 1 ON [381] Opt 7 OFF Dgt 3 selects one of the followng optons: Opton Common Group Selected Troubles Dgt 3 - Table Headngs/Descrptons Openngs/ Closngs Zone Restorals SIA Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled SIA Automatc Reportng Codes Enabled Resdental Dal Enabled Resdental Dal Enabled Contact ID Reportng Codes Enabled DLS/Installer Lead In/Out 0 Ths entry wll not change the exstng call drecton programmng ndcates ncluded, Blank ndcates default settng, ndcates dsabled [350] 3rd Phone # [04] [350] 3rd Phone # [04] [381] Opt [03] OFF [350] 3rd Phone # [06] [350] 3rd Phone # [06] [350] 3rd Phone # [03] Common Group - Sets all Reportng Codes to Automatc Selected Troubles Descrpton Phone #1 Phone #3 Sectons Trouble [345] Alarms [346] Restoral Set all reportng codes to automatc [320] - [348] FF Battery FF FF Alarm/restore call drectons enabled [351][1] ON, [351][2-4] No Change AC Falure Tamper/restore call drectons dsabled [359][1] OFF, [1-4] OFF Fre Trouble FF FF Openng/closng call drectons dsabled [367][1] OFF, [1-4] OFF Aux PS FF FF Mantenance call drectons enabled [375][1] ON, [351][2-4] No Change TLM XX 00 General System Trouble
19 4 Programmng Openngs & Closngs - Sets Resdental Dal Reportng Codes for all openngs and closngs Dgt 4 ndcates/selects one of the followng DLS connectons: 4.2 DLS Programmng Local Programmng wth PC-Lnk Follow the steps below n the sequence ndcated. 1. Ensure front cover s removed and the system s powered up. NOTE: PC-Lnk connectons are hot-swappable. GPRS/Ethernet module connectons are not 'hot-swappable' and the PC9155 should be powered down before connectng or dsconnectng ths module. 2. For systems wth a GS2065 or TL265GS module nstalled, dsconnect the PC-lnk connector from the PC9155 module sde frst. 3. Intate a DLS PC-lnk sesson on the DLS computer. 4. When the Watng for panel to connect message s dsplayed on the DLS computer, connect the PC-lnk cable between the computer and the header pns on the alarm system. Connectng the DLS PC to the alarm system automatcally ntates a DLS sesson. If the DLS sesson s not automatcally ntated, enter [ ][8][Installer Code][499][Installer Code][499] to manually ntate PC-Lnk (Refer to the DLS software help fle for programmng detals). 5. Upon completon of the sesson, remove the PC-lnk cable from the alarm system, power down, and reconnect the cable for the GPRS/Ethernet module (f nstalled) Remote Programmng va Telephone Lne Refer to secton [401] DLS Downloadng for setup detals. 4.3 Installer Programmng Enter [][8][Installer Code]. The system prompts for a 3-dgt programmng secton number (refer to Chapter 5 for programmng detals). DLS/Installer Lead-n/out Users CLOSINGS, Resdental Dal Reportng Codes Secton DLS Lead-n [339] Secton [347] Opt [339] DLS Lead-out FF FF FF FF XX XX XX [341] Secton [347] Opt 5 Users OPENINGS, Resdental Dal Reportng Codes Secton Installer Lead-n [342] Secton [347] Opt [342] Installer Lead-out FF XX XX XX XX XX XX [344] Secton [347] Opt 11 Enable Openng/Closngs call drectons for Phone 2 FF=dsabled, XX=Not Used [367]Opt 2 ON Enabled for Optons 8 only Opton Double Call Sect [401] Opt 1 Call Back Sect [401] Opt 3 User Call Up Sect [401] Opt 4 #Rngs Sect [406] After downloadng a 2-way wreless key seral number to the PC9155, a button must be pressed on the wreless key before t becomes operatonal. 4-3
20 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 5 Installer Programmng 5.1 Index to Programmng Optons Sect Descrpton Pages Sect Descrpton Pages [001]-[002] Zone Defntons /5-22 [005] System Tmers /5-24 [006] Installer's Code /5-24 [007] Master Code /5-24 [008] Mantenance Code /5-24 [009] I/O Programmng /5-24 [012] Keypad Lockout Optons /5-25 [013] Frst System Optons /5-26 [014] Second System Optons /5-26 [015] Thrd System Optons /5-26 [016] Fourth System Optons /5-27 [018] Sxth System Optons /5-28 [023] Tenth System Optons /5-28 [024] Eleventh System Optons /5-28 [030] Zone Loop Response Optons /5-29 [101]-[134] Zone Attrbutes /5-29 [167] GPRS/Ethernet Interface Communcatons Wat for ACK /5-30 [168] Set Clock Forward (Daylght Savng) /5-30 [169] Set Clock Back (Standard Tme) /5-30 [170] PGM Output Tmer /5-30 [176] Cross Zone/Polce Code Tmer /5-30 [190] No Actvty Armng Pre-Alert Tmer /5-30 [191] No Actvty Armng Tmer /5-30 [202]-[206] Zone Assgnments /5-30 [301] Frst Telephone Number /5-31 [302] Second Telephone Number /5-31 [303] Thrd Telephone Number /5-31 [304] Call Watng Cancel Strng /5-31 [305] Fourth Telephone Number /5-31 [310] System Account Code /5-31 [320]-[326] Zone Alarms & Alarm Restores /5-31 [328] Mscellaneous Alarm Reportng Codes /5-32 [329] Prorty Alarm and Restore Reportng Codes /5-32 [330]-[332] Tamper Reportng Codes /5-32 [334]-[336] Tamper Restoral Reportng Codes /5-32 [338] Mscellaneous Tamper Reportng Codes /5-32 [339] Closng (Armng) Reportng Codes (01-16) /5-32 [341] Mscellaneous Closng (Armng) Reportng Codes /5-32 [342] Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes (01-16) /5-33 [344] Mscellaneous Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes /5-33 [345] Mantenance Alarm Reportng Codes /5-33 [346] Mantenance Restore Reportng Codes /5-33 [347] Mscellaneous Mantenance Reportng Codes /5-33 [348] Test Transmsson Reportng Codes /5-34 [350] Communcator Format Optons /5-34 [351]-[376] Call Drecton Optons /5-34 [377] Communcaton Varables /5-34 [378] Test Transmsson Tme of Day /5-35 [380] Frst Communcator Optons /5-35 [381] Second Communcator Optons /5-36 [382] Thrd Communcator Optons /5-36 [383] Fourth Communcator Optons /5-37 [389] GPRS/Ethernet Fault Check Tmer /5-37 [401] Frst Downloadng Optons /5-37 [402] Downloadng Computer's Telephone Number /5-38 [403] Downloadng Access Code /5-38 [404] Panel Identfcaton Code /5-38 [405] Double Call Tmer /5-38 [406] Number of Rngs to Answer On /5-38 [499] Intate PC-Lnk Downloadng /5-38 [501]-[502] PGM Attrbutes /5-38 [591]-[592] Inactvty Tmers 1&2 Start and End Tmes /5-39 [600] 2-Way Audo Control Optons /5-39 [609] Module Tamper Reportng Codes /5-39 [610] Alternate Communcator Recever Trouble Reportng Codes /5-40 [700] Automatc Clock Adjust /5-40 [701] Frst Internatonal Optons /5-40 [702] Second Internatonal Optons /5-40 [703] Delay Between Dalng Attempts /5-40 [800] Door Chme Optons (Zones 01-34) /5-41 [804] Wreless Programmng /5-41 [804][001]-[032] Wreless Devce Seral Numbers /5-41 [804][081] Wreless Supervsory Wndows /5-41 [804][082]-[085] Zone Transmtter Supervson Optons /5-41 [804]101]-[116] Wreless Key Seral Number /5-41 [804][141]-[156] Wreless Key Functon Key Optons /5-42 [804][101]-[182] Wreless Key Programmng /5-42 [804][201]-[204] Wreless Keypad Seral Numbers /5-42 [804][301]-[304] Wreless Sren Seral Numbers /5-42 [804][311]-[313] Wreless Sren Optons /5-42 [804][320] Global Sren Optons /5-43 [804][330] Maxmum Outdoor Sren Actvaton Tme /5-43 [804][900] General Wreless Optons /5-43 [898] Wreless Devce Enrollment /5-43 [899] Template Programmng /5-43 [900] Panel Verson /5-43 [904] Wreless Zone Module Placement Test /5-43 [905] Wreless Keypad Placement Test /5-43 [906] Wreless Sren Placement Test /5-43 [990] Installer Lockout Enable /5-43 [991] Installer Lockout Dsable /5-43 [996] Restore PC9155 Wreless Devce Factory Defaults /5-43 [998] Restore PC9155 (Panel Only) Factory Defaults /5-43 [999] Restore PC9155 System Factory Defaults /5-43 [*] Keypad Programmng /5-44 [000] Keypad Functon Key Programmng /5-44 [001]-[169], [100]-[125] Label Programmng /5-45 [074] Frst Keypad Optons /5-45 [075] Second Keypad Optons /5-46 [076] Thrd Keypad Optons /5-46 [077] LCD Message /5-46 [078] Downloaded Message Duraton /5-46 [996] Reset Label to Factory Defaults /5-47 [997] Keypad Verson /5-47 [998] Intate Global Label Broadcast /5-47 [999] Restore Factory Default Programmng /
21 5.2 Programmng Worksheets 5 Installer Programmng NA CP EU Indcates default settngs for North Amercan panels Indcates default settngs for CP-01 complance Indcates default settngs for European panels All Defaults are OFF unless ndcated otherwse [001]-[002] Zone Defntons 00 Null Zone Hour Heat 28 Future Use 01 Delay Hour Medcal 29 Future Use 02 Delay 2 * Hour Panc 30 Future Use 03 Instant * Hour Emergency 31 Day Zone 04 Interor 18 Future Use * 32 Instant Stay/Away 05 Interor Stay/Away * Hour Water 33 Future Use 06 Delay Stay/Away * Hour Freeze 34 Future Use 07 Future Use 21 Future Use 35 Future Use 08 Future Use * 22 Momentary Keyswtch Arm Hr Non-Latchng Tamper Hour Supervsory (Hardwred) * 23 Mantaned Keyswtch Arm 37 Nght Zone Hour Supervsory Buzzer 24 Future Use ** Hr Carbon Monoxde (Wreless) Hour Burglary * 25 Interor Delay 82 Audo Verfcaton Montor 12 Future Use * Hour Non-Alarm (local alarm) ** 87 Delay 24-Hr Fre (Wreless) Hour Gas 27 Future Use ** 88 Standard 24-Hr Fre (Wreless) ** 89 Auto Verfed Fre (Wreless) * For burglary applcatons only ** For resdental fre applcatons only Sect Zone NA CP EU Zone NA CP EU Sect Zone NA CP EU Zone NA CP EU [001] [002] [005] System Tmers Vald entres for Entry Delay are between Sub Sect. [01] Entry Delay 1 NA 030 CP 030 EU 030 Sub Sectons [02]-[08] are reserved for future use Entry Delay Ext Delay [09] Bell Tme Out (BTO) [006] Installer's Code [007] Master Code [008] Mantenance Code For SIA CP-01 complant nstallatons, the Ext Delay must be wthn the range of seconds. If the Ext Delay s slent (secton 14, opton 6 or Stay Functon Key Armng) the ext delay wll be twce the programmed value but wll not exceed 255 seconds (.e., seconds). For UL nstallatons, the Entry Delay plus the Communcatons Delay must not exceed 60 seconds. These codes are 4 or 6-dgts (programmed n secton[701] Opt [5]). For 4-dgt codes the default s the frst 4 dgts. Def Def Def AAAA00 5-2
22 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Programmable Output Optons 00 Null PGM (Not Used) 12 TLM and Alarm 01 Fre and Burglary Output For Future Use 02 For Future Use 17 Away Armed Status 03 For Future Use 18 Stay Armed Status 04 For Future Use 19 Command Output #1 ([*][7][1]) 05 System Armed Status 20 Command Output #2 ([*][7][2]) 06 Ready To Arm For Future Use 07 Keypad Buzzer Follower 33 For Future Use 08 Courtesy Pulse 34 For Future Use 09 System Trouble Output (wth Trouble Optons) 35 For Future Use 10 System Event Output (wth Event Optons) 40 Audo Verfcaton Trgger 11 System Tamper (all sources: zones, keypad) [009] I/O Programmng Def 00 I/O Type (Zone 34, PGM 2) Enter Zone or PGM Defnton [012] Keypad Lockout Optons Def 00 I/O Type (Zone 33, PGM 1) Enter Zone or PGM Defnton If Keypad Lockout s actve, the system can not be dsarmed wth a wreless key. Def 000 Number of Invald Codes Before Lockout (Vald entres are ) Def 000 Lockout Duraton (n mnutes) (Vald entres are ) [013] Frst System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Hardwred Zone 33 Input Enabled PGM 1 Output Enabled 2 Hardwred Zone 34 Input Enabled PGM 2 Output Enabled 3 For Future Use 4 For Future Use 5 For Future Use 6 Audble Ext Fault Enabled Audble Ext Fault Dsabled 7 For Future Use 8 Temporal Three Fre Sgnal Enabled Standard Pulsed Fre Sgnal [014] Second System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Arm / Dsarm Squawk Enabled Arm / Dsarm Squawk Dsabled 2 For Future Use 3 RF Jam Log After 5 Mnutes RF Jam Log After 20 sec 4 For Future Use 5 For Future Use 6 Audble Ext wth Urgency Slent Ext Delay 7 For Future Use 8 Fre Sren s Contnuous Fre Sren Follows Sren Cut-Off [015] Thrd System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 [F] Key Enabled [F] Key Dsabled 2 [P] Key Audble (Sren / Beeps) [P] Key Slent 3 Quck Ext Enabled Quck Ext Dsabled 4 Quck Armng Enabled (*0 And Functon Keys) Quck Armng Dsabled (Funct. Keys Req. Code) 5 Code Requred For Bypassng No Code Requred 6 Master Code Not Changeable Master Code Changeable 7 TLM Enabled TLM Dsabled 8 System Tamper Enabled System Tamper Dsable 5-3
23 5 Installer Programmng [016] Fourth System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Cross Zonng s Enabled Polce Code s Enabled 2 Ext Delay Restart Enabled Ext Delay Restart Dsabled 3 Blank Keypad When Not Used Keypad Actve Always 4 Code Requred To Remove Keypad Blankng No Code Requred 5 Keypad Backlghtng s Enabled Keypad Backlghtng s Dsabled 6 ID WKEY Not Requred For Dsarmng ID WKEY Requred For Dsarmng 7 Bypass Status Dsplayed Whle Armed Bypass Status Not Dsplayed Whle Armed 8 Daylght Savngs Tme Enabled Daylght Savngs Tme Dsabled [018] Sxth System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 For Future Use 2 Keypad Tampers Enabled Keypad Tampers Dsabled 3 For Future Use 4 For Future Use 5 Keypad Buzzer Follows Sren Enabled Keypad Buzzer Follows Sren Dsabled 6 For Future Use 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [023] Tenth System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Chme on Openngs Enabled Chme on Openngs Dsabled 2 Chme on Closngs Enabled Chme on Closngs Dsabled 3 Test Transmsson Whle Armed Only Test Transmsson Whle Armed/Dsarmed 4 Test Transmsson Counter In Hours Test Transmsson Counter In Days 5 Swtchng From Away To Stay Dsabled Away To Stay Toggle Opton Permtted 6 For Future Use 7 Trouble Beeps Are Slent Trouble Beeps Wll Sound Every 10 Seconds 8 Keyswtch Arms In Away Mode Only Keyswtch Arms In Stay Or Away [024] Eleventh System Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Temperature Dsplay Enabled Temperature Dsplay Dsabled 2 Temperature Dsplayed n Celsus Temperature Dsplayed In Fahrenhet 3 PC9155 Internal Sren Enabled PC9155 Internal Sren Dsabled 4 Inactvty montored by all zones Inactvty Montored Only by 24 Hr Non-Alarm Zones 5 For Future Use 6 For Future Use 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [030] Zone Loop Response Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Zone 33 s Fast Loop Response Zone 33 s Normal Loop Response 2 Zone 34 s Fast Loop Response Zone 34 s Normal Loop Response 5-4
24 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [101]-[134] Zone Attrbutes (Attrbutes are reserved for Future Use) Zone Type 00 Null Zone 01 Delay 1 02 Delay 2 03 Instant 04 Interor 05 Interor Stay/Away 06 Delay Stay/Away 07 Future Use 08 Future Use Hour Supervsory (Hardwred) Hour Supervsory Buzzer Hour Burglary 12 Future Use Hour Gas Hour Heat Hour Medcal Hour Panc Hour Emergency 18 Future Use Hour Water Hour Freeze 21 Future Use 22 Momentary Keyswtch Arm 23 Mantaned Keyswtch Arm 24 Future Use 25 Interor Delay Hour Non-Alarm (local alarm) 27 Future Use 28 Future Use 29 Future Use 30 Future Use 31 Day Zone 32 Instant Stay/Away 33 Future Use 34 Future Use 35 Future Use Hr Non-Latchng Tamper 37 Nght Zone Hr Carbon Monoxde (Wreless) 82 Audo Verfcaton Montor Attrbute: = ON Audble Steady Chme Bypass Force Swng TX Dly X-Zone 2-way NC SEOL DEOL OFF Slent Pulsed No No No No No No Audo Loops 87 Delay 24-Hr Fre (Wreless) 88 Standard 24-Hr Fre (Wreless) 89 Auto Verfed Fre (Wreless) For UL nstallatons: do not change attrbute 5 (Force Armng) from the default settng. For CP-01 nstallatons: Opton 6 (Swnger) s defaulted ON for zone defntons 09-11, 13-17, 19, 20. Opton 7 (TX Delay) s defaulted ON for zone defntons 01-06, 09-11, 13-17, 19, 20, 25, 32, 36,
25 5 Installer Programmng [167] GPRS/Ethernet Interface Communcatons Wat For Ack NA CP EU NA CP EU [202]-[206] Zone Assgnments Opt. NA 020 CP 020 EU 020 Vald Entres seconds [168] Set Clock Forward (Daylght Savng) [169] Set Clock Back (Standard Tme) Month Vald Entres Month Vald Entres Week Vald Entres Week Vald Entres Day Vald Entres Day Vald Entres Hour Vald Entres Hour Vald Entres Increment Vald Entres Decrement Vald Entres [170] PGM Output Tmer NA 005 CP 005 EU 005 Vald Entres seconds [176] Cross Zone/Polce Code Tmer NA 060 CP 060 EU 060 Vald Entres seconds/mnutes [190] No Actvty Armng Pre-Alert Tmer NA 001 CP 001 EU 001 Vald Entres mnutes, 000 for no pre-alert [191] No Actvty Armng Tmer NA 000 CP 000 EU 000 Vald Entres mnutes, 000 to dsable [202] Zone 1-8 [203] Zone 9-16 [204] Zone [205] Zone [206] Zone NA CP EU NA CP EU NA CP EU NA CP EU NA CP EU 1 Zone 1 Zone 9 Zone 17 Zone 25 Zone 33 2 Zone 2 Zone 10 Zone 18 Zone 26 Zone 34 3 Zone 3 Zone 11 Zone 19 Zone 27 Future Use 4 Zone 4 Zone 12 Zone 20 Zone 28 Future Use 5 Zone 5 Zone 13 Zone 21 Zone 29 Future Use 6 Zone 6 Zone 14 Zone 22 Zone 30 Future Use 7 Zone 7 Zone 15 Zone 23 Zone 31 Future Use 8 Zone 8 Zone 16 Zone 24 Zone 32 Future Use [301] Frst Telephone Number (32 Dgts) D [302] Second Telephone Number (32 Dgts) D [303] Thrd Telephone Number (32 Dgts) D [304] Call Watng Cancel Strng Def DB70EF All sx dgts must be entered for changes to be saved. Program unused dgts wth F. [305] Fourth Telephone Number (32 Dgts) D [310] System Account Code Enter a 6-dgt account number for the system account code. Only SIA supports 6-dgt account codes. If a 4-dgt code s used, program the last two dgts of the account code wth FF. Def FFFFFF 5-6
26 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Reportng Codes All Reportng Codes are defaulted FF unless ndcated otherwse. [320]-[322] Alarm Reportng Codes, Zones [320] Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 [321] Zone 17 Zone 18 Zone 19 Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 Zone 23 Zone 24 Zone 25 Zone 26 Zone 27 Zone 28 Zone 29 Zone 30 Zone 31 Zone 32 [322] Zone 33 Zone 34 [324]-[326] Alarm Restoral Reportng Codes, Zones [324] Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 [325] Zone 17 Zone 18 Zone 19 Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 Zone 23 Zone 24 Zone 25 Zone 26 Zone 27 Zone 28 Zone 29 Zone 30 Zone 31 Zone 32 [326] Zone 33 Zone 34 [328] Mscellaneous Alarm Reportng Codes Duress Alarm Openng After Alarm Recent Closng For Future Use For Future Use Cross Zone / Polce Code Alarm Burglary Not Verfed Alarm Cancelled [329] Prorty Alarm And Restore Reportng Codes Keypad [F]re Alarm Keypad [A]uxlary Alarm Keypad [P]anc Alarm Fal to Report In Keypad [F]re Restore Keypad [A]uxlary Restore Keypad [P]anc Restore For Future Use 5-7
27 5 Installer Programmng [330]-[332] Tamper Reportng Codes Secton [330] Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 [331] Zone 17 Zone 18 Zone 19 Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 Zone 23 Zone 24 Zone 25 Zone 26 Zone 27 Zone 28 Zone 29 Zone 30 Zone 31 Zone 32 [332] Zone 33 Zone 34 [334]-[336] Tamper Restoral Reportng Codes Secton [334] Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 [335] Zone 17 Zone 18 Zone 19 Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 Zone 23 Zone 24 Zone 25 Zone 26 Zone 27 Zone 28 Zone 29 Zone 30 Zone 31 Zone 32 [336] Zone 33 Zone 34 [338] Mscellaneous Tamper Reportng Codes General System Tamper General System Tamper Rest Keypad Lockout [339] Closng (Armng) Reportng Codes- Access Codes 1-16 Code 1 Code 2 Code 3 Code 4 Code 5 Code 6 Code 7 Code 8 Code 9 Code 10 Code 11 Code 12 Code 13 Code 14 Code 15 Code 16 [341] Mscellaneous Closng (Armng) Reportng Codes Closng By Access Code 40 Automatc Zone Bypass Partal Closng Specal Closng Ext Fault 5-8
28 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [342] Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes- Access Codes 1-16 Code 1 Code 2 Code 3 Code 4 Code 5 Code 6 Code 7 Code 8 Code 9 Code 10 Code 11 Code 12 Code 13 Code 14 Code 15 Code 16 [344] Mscellaneous Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes Cold Start [347] Mscellaneous Mantenance Reportng Codes Openng By Access Code 40 Specal Openng Late To Open [345] Mantenance Alarm Reportng Codes Battery Trouble Alarm AC Falure Trouble Alarm For Future Use Fre Trouble Alarm Auxlary Power Supply Trouble Alarm TLM Alarm General System Trouble General System Supervsory Trouble [346] Mantenance Restore Reportng Codes Battery Trouble Restore AC Falure Trouble Restore For Future Use Fre Trouble Restore Auxlary Power Supply Trouble Restore TLM Restore General System Trouble Restore General System Supervsory Restore Phone #1 FTC Restore Phone #2 FTC Restore For Future Use DLS Lead In DLS Lead Out General Zone Fault Alarm General Zone Fault Restore Delnquency Reportng Code General Zone Low Battery Alarm General Zone Low Battery Restore Installer Lead Out Installer Lead In Phone #3 FTC Restore Phone #4 FTC Restore 5-9
29 5 Installer Programmng [348] Test Transmsson Reportng Codes Walk Test End Walk Test Begn For Future Use Perodc Test Transmsson System Test [350] Communcator Format Optons 1st Telephone Number 2nd Telephone Number 3rd Telephone Number 4th Telephone Number NA 04 CP 04 EU 04 NA 04 CP 04 EU 04 NA 04 CP 04 EU 04 NA 04 CP 04 EU BPS, 1400 Hz BPS, 2300 Hz 03 DTMF Contact ID 04 SIA FSK 05 Future Use * 06 Resdental Dal * Falure to communcate usng Resdental Dal wll not generate a FTC trouble. Refer to Appendx B for addtonal detals. [351] Alarm/Restore Communcator Call Drectons Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 3 Opt 4 Opt 5-8 1st Telephone 2nd Telephone 3rd Telephone 4th Telephone For Future Use Def Def Def Def Def [359] Tamper Alarm/Restore Communcator Call Drectons Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 3 Opt 4 Opt 5-8 1st Telephone 2nd Telephone 3rd Telephone 4th Telephone For Future Use Def Def Def Def Def [367] Openng/Closng Communcator Call Drectons Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 3 Opt 4 Opt 5-8 1st Telephone 2nd Telephone 3rd Telephone 4th Telephone For Future Use Def Def Def Def Def [375] System Mantenance Alarm/Restore Communcator Call Drectons Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 3 Opt 4 Opt 5-8 1st Telephone 2nd Telephone 3rd Telephone 4th Telephone For Future Use Def Def Def Def Def [376] System Test Transmssons Communcator Call Drectons Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 3 Opt 4 Opt 5-8 1st Telephone 2nd Telephone 3rd Telephone 4th Telephone For Future Use Def Def Def Def Def [377] Communcaton Varables NA 003 CP 001 EU 003 Swnger Shutdown (Alarms & Rest) , 000=Dsabled Swnger Shutdown (Tampers & Rest) , 000=Dsabled Swnger Shutdown (Mant & Rest) , 000=Dsabled Communcaton Delay Seconds, 000 = No Delay AC Falure Communcaton Delay Mns/Hrs, 000 = No Delay TLM Trouble Delay x 3 Seconds, 000 = No Delay Test Transmsson Cycle (Land-Lne) Hrs/Days, 000=Dsabled For Future Use Wreless Devce Low Battery Transmsson Delay Days, 000 = No Delay Delnquency Transmsson Delay Hrs/Days, 000=Dsabled Communcatons Cancel Wndow Mnutes (CP-01 Only) 5-10
30 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [378] Test Transmsson Tme of Day Def 9999 Vald entres are ( ), 9999 to dsable [380] Frst Communcator Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Communcatons Enabled Communcatons Dsabled 2 Restores On Sren Tme-Out Restores Follow Zones 3 Pulse Dalng DTMF Dalng 4 For Future Use 5 For Future Use 6 Alternatng Backup Dal Call Prmary Number, Backup To Secondary 7 For Future Use 8 Delnquency Follows Zone Actvty (Hours) Delnquency Follows Armng (Days) [381] Second Communcator Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Openng After Alarm Rngback Enabled Open After Alarm Rngback Dsabled 2 For Future Use 3 SIA Uses Programmed Rep. Codes SIA Uses Automatc Rep. Codes 4 Closng Confrmaton Enabled Closng Confrmaton Dsabled 5 For Future Use 6 For Future Use 7 Contact I.D. Uses Pgm d Rep. Codes Contact I.D. Uses Auto Rep. Codes 8 For Future Use [382] Thrd Communcator Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 For Future Use 2 Alarm Comms Durng Walk Test Enabled Alarm Comms Durng Walk Test Dsabled 3 Communcatons Cancelled Message Enabled Communcatons Cancelled Message Dsabled 4 Call Watng Cancel Enabled Call Watng Cancel Dsabled 5 GPRS/Ethernet Module Enabled GPRS/Ethernet Module Dsabled 6 System AC Falure Communcaton Delay In Hours System AC Falure Communcaton Delay In Mnutes 7 # of Dalng Attempts s 1 For Resdental Dal # of Dalng Attempts s 5 For Resdental Dal 8 For Future Use [383] Fourth Communcator Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 For Future Use 2 Phone Number 2 Backs Up Number 1 Phone Number 2 s Independent 3 Phone Number 3 Backs Up Number 2 Phone Number 3 s Independent 4 Phone Number 4 Backs Up Number 3 Phone Number 4 s Independent 5 FTCed Events Communcate FTC ed Events Do Not Communcate 6 Account Code Error Check Enabled Account Code Error Check Dsabled 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [389] GPRS/Ethernet Fault Check Tmer Def 005 Vald entres are x 3 seconds (E.g., 003x3 = 9 seconds). 5-11
31 5 Installer Programmng [401] Frst Downloadng Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Answerng Machne / Double Call Enabled Answerng Machne / Double Call Dsabled 2 User Enable DLS User Can Not Enable DLS Wndow 3 Call-Back Enabled Call-Back Dsabled 4 User Intated Call-Up Enabled User Intated Call-Up Dsabled 5 For Future Use 6 Call Up s 300 Baud Call Up s 110 Baud 7 For Future Use 8 Alternate Communcator DLS Always Alternate Communcator Follows DLS Wndow [402] Downloadng Computer's Telephone Number (32 Dgts) D [403] Downloadng Access Code [404] Panel Identfcaton Code NA CP EU NA CP EU [405] Double Call Tmer NA 030 CP 030 EU 030 Vald entres are ( ) seconds [406] Number of Rngs To Answer On NA 000 CP 000 EU 000 Vald entres are ( ) rngs [499] Intate PC-Lnk Downloadng Enter [499] [Installer Code][499] to ntate downloadng [501]-[502] PGM ATTRIBUTES (bts 1 to 8) PGM Attrbute Defaults (OFF unless ndcated otherwse) Attrbute: = ON Not Used Not Used True Output Follows Tmer Code Req. Not Used Not Used Not Used PGM Opton OFF - - Inverted ON/OFF No Code No No No 00 Null Pgm (Not Used) 01 Burglary And Fre Sren Output 02 Not Used 03 Not Used 04 Not Used 05 Armed Status 06 Ready To Arm 07 Keypad Buzzer Follow 08 Courtesy Pulse * 09 System Trouble Output (w/ Trouble Optons) * 10 System Event (wth Event Optons) 11 System Tamper (All Sources) 12 TLM And Alarm 13 Not Used 14 Not Used 15 Not Used 16 Not Used 17 Away Armed Status 18 Stay Armed Status 19 Command Output #1 (*71) 20 Command Output #2 (*72) 30 Future Use 33 Future Use 34 Future Use * 40 Audo Verfcaton Trgger 5-12
32 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System * Attrbutes for Opton 9 & 10 Attrbute: Servce Req Devce Devce Loss of ON Event AC Fal TLM Fault FTC Devce Fault Tamper Low Clock OFF Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled 09 System Trouble Sect [501] 1 [502] 2 Attrbute: Panc Medcal Supervsory ON Burg Event Fre Event Event Event Event OFF Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Latched 10 System Event PGM PGM Type [ ] Inactvty Tmers 1 & 2 Start and End Tmes Prorty 7 8 Sect NA CP EU Start Tme NA CP EU End Tme Vald tmes are [591] Tmer # Event Duress Event :00-23:59 Hrs 8 8 Follows Tmer [591] Tmer # [600] 2-Way Audo Control Optons to dsable Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Tampers Enabled Tampers Dsabled 2 Openngs & Closngs Enabled Openngs & Closngs Dsabled 3 [A] Key Alarm Enabled [A] Key Alarm Dsabled 4 [P] Key Alarm Enabled [P] Key Alarm Dsabled 5 Duress Alarm Enabled Duress Alarm Dsabled 6 Openng After Alarm Enabled Openng After Alarm Dsabled 7 Sren Actve Durng 2-Way Audo Sren Slent Durng 2-Way Audo 8 For Future Use [609] Module Tamper Reportng Codes Keypad 1 Tamper Keypad 2 Tamper Keypad 3 Tamper Keypad 4 Tamper Keypad 1 Tamper Restore Keypad 2 Tamper Restore Keypad 3 Tamper Restore Keypad 4 Tamper Restore [610] Alternate Communcator Recever Trouble Reportng Codes Recever 1 Trouble Recever 1 Trouble Restore Recever 2 Trouble Recever 3 Trouble [700] Automatc Clock Adjust Recever 4 Trouble General Alternate Communcator Trouble NA 60 CP 60 EU 60 Vald entres are (00-99) seconds Sren 1 Tamper Sren 2 Tamper Sren 3 Tamper Sren 4 Tamper Sren 1 Tamper Restore Sren 2 Tamper Restore Sren 3 Tamper Restore Sren 4 Tamper Restore Recever 2 Trouble Restore Recever 3 Trouble Restore Recever 4 Trouble Restore General Alternate Communcator Trouble Restore 5-13
33 5 Installer Programmng [701] Frst Internatonal Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 50 Hz AC Input 60 Hz AC Input 2 Tme Base s Internal Crystal Tme Base s AC Lne 3 AC/DC Armng Inhbt Enabled AC/DC Armng Inhbt Dsabled 4 All System Tampers Requre Installer Reset All System Tampers Follow Restore 5 6-Dgt User Access Codes 4-Dgt User Access Codes 6 Busy Tone Detecton Enabled Busy Tone Detecton Dsabled 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [702] Second Internatonal Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Pulse Dalng Make/Break Rato s 33/67 Pulse Dalng Make/Break Rato s 40/60 2 Force Dalng Enabled Force Dalng Dsabled 3 For Future Use Hz Handshake Standard Handshake 5 ID Tone Enabled ID Tone Dsabled Hz ID Tone 1300 Hz ID Tone 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [703] Delay Between Dalng Attempts Opton NA 003 CP 003 EU 003 Vald entres are ( ) + 5 seconds (e.g., 007=12 seconds) [800] Door Chme Optons for Zones Opton ON 6 Beeps Bng Bng Dng Dong Alarm ON 6 Beeps Bng Bng Dng Dong Alarm OFF Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled OFF Dsabled Dsabled Dsabled Sect Zone Def Def Def Def Sect Zone Def Def Def Def [01] 1 [18] 18 [02] 2 [19] 19 [03] 3 [20] 20 [04] 4 [21] 21 [05] 5 [22] 22 [06] 6 [23] 23 [07] 7 [24] 24 [08] 8 [25] 25 [09] 9 [26] 26 [10] 10 [27] 27 [11] 11 [28] 28 [12] 12 [29] 29 [13] 13 [30] 30 [14] 14 [31] 31 [15] 15 [32] 32 [16] 16 [33] 33 [17] 17 [34] 34 Dsabled 5-14
34 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [804] Wreless Devce Programmng [804][001]-[032] Wreless Devce Seral Numbers Zone Sub Seral Number Zone Sub Seral Number Zone Sub Sect. Sect. Sect. 1 [001] 12 [012] 23 [023] Seral Number 2 [002] 13 [013] 24 [024] 3 [003] 14 [014] 25 [025] 4 [004] 15 [015] 26 [026] 5 [005] 16 [016] 27 [027] 6 [006] 17 [017] 28 [028] 7 [007] 18 [018] 29 [029] 8 [008] 19 [019] 30 [030] 9 [009] 20 [020] 31 [031] 10 [010] 21 [021] 32 [032] 11 [011] 22 [022] [804][081] Wreless Supervsory Wndow NA 96 CP 96 EU 08 Value = Entry x 15 mnutes. E.g., 6 x 15 mnutes equals 1.5 hrs. Vald entres are 4-96 (1Hr - 24Hr) [804][082]-[085] Zone Transmtter Supervson Optons Opton [082] [083] [084] [085] Zone Def Zone Def Zone Def Zone Def [804][101]-[182] Wreless Key Programmng (1-Way & 2-Way devces) Wreless key Programmng Enable/Dsable Sub Sub #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 Sub Seral Number Sect. Sect. Def 03 Def 04 Def 27 Def 30 Def 13 Def 14 Sect. Def 1 [101] [141] [181] 2 [102] [142] 3 [103] [143] 4 [104] [144] 5 [105] [145] 6 [106] [146] 7 [107] [147] 8 [108] [148] 5-15
35 5 Installer Programmng Enable/Dsable Sub Sub #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 Sub Seral Number Sect. Sect. Def 03 Def 04 Def 27 Def 30 Def 13 Def 14 Sect. Def 9 [109] [149] [182] 10 [110] [150] 11 [111] [151] 12 [112] [152] 13 [113] [153] 14 [114] [154] 15 [115] [155] 16 [116] [156] Refer to secton [804][141]-[156] n the Programmng Descrptons secton of ths gude and n the wreless key nstallaton sheet. [804][201]-[204] Wreless Keypad Seral Numbers [804][301]-[304] Wreless Sren Seral Numbers Sub Sub Keypad Sect. Seral Number Sren Sect. Seral Number 1 [201] 1 [301] 2 [202] 2 [302] 3 [203] 3 [303] 4 [204] 4 [304] [804][311] Wreless Sren #01 Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Sren Alarm Enabled Sren Alarm Dsabled 2 Buzzer Notfcatons Enabled Buzzer Notfcatons Dsabled 3 Door Chme Enabled Door Chme Dsabled 4 Trouble Beeps Enabled Trouble Beeps Dsabled 5 Squawks Enabled Squawks Dsabled 6 Enable Strobe Dsable Strobe 7 Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows BTO Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows Alarm Condton 8 Sren Tamper Enabled Sren Tamper Dsabled [804][312] Wreless Sren #02 Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Sren Alarm Enabled Sren Alarm Dsabled 2 Buzzer Notfcatons Enabled Buzzer Notfcatons Dsabled 3 Door Chme Enabled Door Chme Dsabled 4 Trouble Beeps Enabled Trouble Beeps Dsabled 5 Squawks Enabled Squawks Dsabled 6 Enable Strobe Dsable Strobe 7 Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows BTO Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows Alarm Condton 8 Sren Tamper Enabled Sren Tamper Dsabled [804][313] Wreless Sren #03 Optons Wreless key Programmng (cont.) Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Sren Alarm Enabled Sren Alarm Dsabled 2 Buzzer Notfcatons Enabled Buzzer Notfcatons Dsabled 3 Door Chme Enabled Door Chme Dsabled 4 Trouble Beeps Enabled Trouble Beeps Dsabled 5 Squawks Enabled Squawks Dsabled 6 Enable Strobe Dsable Strobe 7 Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows BTO Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows Alarm Condton 5-16
36 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [804][314] Wreless Sren #04 Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Sren Alarm Enabled Sren Alarm Dsabled 2 Buzzer Notfcatons Enabled Buzzer Notfcatons Dsabled 3 Door Chme Enabled Door Chme Dsabled 4 Trouble Beeps Enabled Trouble Beeps Dsabled 5 Squawks Enabled Squawks Dsabled 6 Enable Strobe Dsable Strobe 7 Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows BTO Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows Alarm Condton 8 Sren Tamper Enabled Sren Tamper Dsabled [804][320] Global Sren Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Tamper Actvates Sren/Strobe Whle Dsarmed Tamper Doesn't Actvate Sren/Strobe Whle Dsarmed 2 Pre-Alarm Sgnal Enabled Pre-Alarm Sgnal Dsabled 3 For Future Use 4 For Future Use 5 For Future Use 6 For Future Use 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [804][330] Maxmum Outdoor Sren Actvaton Tmer NA 010 CP 010 EU 010 Vald Entres are mnutes [804][900] General Wreless Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 For Future Use 2 For Future Use 3 For Future Use 4 For Future Use 5 For Future Use 6 For Future Use 7 RF Jam Dsabled RF Jam Enabled 8 For Future Use [898] Wreless Devce Enrollment See 2.3 "Wreless Devce Enrollment" [899] Template Programmng See 4.1 "Template Programmng" [900] Panel Verson [906] Wreless Sren Placement Test Enter [906]. See Chapter 2.5 for detals [990] Installer's Lockout Enable Enter [990][Installer Code][990] to enable Installer Lockout [991] Installer's Lockout Dsable Enter [991][Installer Code][991] to dsable Installer Lockout [992] TL/GS Module Label Broadcast Enter [992] [*] [996] Restore 9155 Wreless Devce Programmng Factory Defaults Enter [996][Installer Code][996] [998] Restore 9155 (Panel Only) Factory Default Enter [998][Installer Code][998] Not Programmable (e.g., Ver. 1.0 = 0100) [904] Wreless Zone Module Placement Test Enter [904]. See Chapter 2.4 for detals [905] Wreless Keypad Placement Test Enter [905]. See Chapter 2.5 for detals 5-17
37 5 Installer Programmng [999] System Default Enter [999][Installer Code][999] Keypad Programmng See Chapter 6.3 Resettng the System to Factory Defaults Enter [*] when n Installer Programmng to access Keypad Programmng [000] Keypad Functon Key Programmng Functon Key Optons [00] Null Key [09] Future Use ** [25] Instant Stay Arm [01] Future Use [10] Future Use * [27] Dsarm [02] Future Use [11] Future Use *** [29] [A]ux Alarm [03] Stay Arm [12] Future Use * [30] [P]anc [04] Away Arm [13] Command Output #1 [33] Nght Arm [05] No Entry Arm [06] Chme On/Off [14] Command Output #2 [15] Future Use *Apples to Key Fobs only [07] Future Use [16] Quck Ext (See Secton [804] Subsecton [141]-[156]) [08] Bypass [17] Reactvate Stay/Away Zones ** Do not use ths functon key on CP-01 panels ***Aux Alarm key not ntended for medcal sgnals Keypad 1 Keypad 2 Keypad 3 Keypad 4 Def Key 1 Def Key 2 Def Key 3 Def Key 4 Def Key [001]-[034] Label Programmng (Zone 01-34) Def Z O N E X X X X Zone Sect. Label Zone Sect. 1 [001] 9 [009] = Label 2 [002] 10 [010] 3 [003] 11 [011] 4 [004] 12 [012] 5 [005] 13 [013] 6 [006] 14 [014] 7 [007] 15 [015] 8 [008] 16 [016] 5-18
38 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [001]-[034] Label Programmng (Zone 01-34) contnued 17 [017] 26 [026] 18 [018] 27 [027] 19 [019] 28 [028] 20 [020] 29 [029] 21 [021] 30 [030] 22 [022] 31 [031] 23 [023] 32 [032] 24 [024] 33 [033] 25 [025] 34 [034] [065] Fre Alarm Label (2 x 14 Characters) Def F I R E Z O N E [066] Fal To Arm Event Message (2 x 16 Characters) Def S Y S T E M H A S F A I L E D T O A R M [067] Alarm When Armed Event Message (2 x 16 Characters) Def A L A R M O C CU R R E D W H I L E A R M E D < > [074] Frst Keypad Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 [F] Key Enabled [F] Key Dsabled 2 [A] Key Enabled [A] Key Dsabled 3 [P] Key Enabled [P] Key Dsabled 4 Quck Arm Prompt On Quck Arm Prompt Off 5 Quck Ext Prompt On Quck Ext Prompt Off 6 Bypass Optons Prompt On Bypass Optons Prompt Off 7 User Intated Call-Up Prompt On User Intated Call-Up Prompt Off 8 Hold [P]anc Key Prompt On Hold [P]anc Key Prompt Off 5-19
39 5 Installer Programmng [075] Second Keypad Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Local Clock Dsplay Enabled Local Clock Dsplay Dsabled 2 Local Clock Dsplays 24 Hr Tme Local Clock Dsplays AM/PM 3 Auto Alarm Scroll Enabled Auto Alarm Scroll Dsabled 4 Language Selecton Avalable From Any Menu Language Selecton Avalable From Installer's Only 5 Power LED Enabled Power LED Dsabled 6 Power LED Indcates AC Present Power LED Indcates AC Absent 7 Alarms Are Dsplayed Whle Armed Alarms Are Not Dsplayed Whle Armed 8 Auto Scroll Open Zones Enabled Auto Scroll Open Zones Dsabled [076] Thrd Keypad Optons Opt NA CP EU ON OFF 1 Armed LED On n Sleep Mode Armed LED Off n Sleep Mode 2 Keypad Status Shows Stay Arm Keypad Status Shows Stay/Away Arm 3 For Future Use 4 Ambent Lght Sensor On Ambent Lght Sensor Off 5 Late To Open Prompts Enabled Late To Open Prompts Dsabled 6 Power Save Mode On Power Save Mode Off 7 For Future Use 8 For Future Use [077] LCD Message (2 x 16 Characters) Def [078] Downloaded Message Duraton Def 003 Vald entres are , 000 = Contnuous Dsplay [100] CO Detector Alarm Label (2 x 14 Characters) Def C O A L A R M E V A C U A T E A R E A [101] System Label (2 x 14 Characters) [120] Command Output 1 Label (2 x 14 Characters) Def C O M M A N D O / P 1 [121] Command Output 2 Label (2 x 14 Characters) Def Def S Y S T E M C O M M A N D O / P 2 [996] Label Default Enter [996][*] [997] Keypad Verson Enter [997] Read Only (e.g., 1234 = verson 12.34) [998] Intate Global Label Broadcast Enter [998][*] Note: Label Broadcast must be ntated by Keypad 1. [999] Reset All Keypad Programmng To Factory Defaults Enter [999][*] 5-20
40 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System ASCII Chart ASCII entres are specal characters that vary based on the language selected.! # $ % & ( ) * +, -. / : ; < = A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ ] ^ _ a b c d e f g h j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { } ヲ ア ィ ゥ ェ ォ カ ュ ョ シ ᅳ ア イ ゥ ェ ォ カ キ ク ケ コ サ シ ス セ ソ タ ダ ツ テ ト ナ ニ ヌ ネ ノ ハ ヒ フ ヘ ホ マ ミ ム メ モ ヤ ユ ョ ラ リ ル レ ロ ワ ン α ä β Ɛ μ σ ρ ϧ ʃ ϳ x ñ Ö p q θ œ Ω ϋ Σ π X y 千 Ⴌ Ħ
41 5.3 Programmng Descrptons 5.3 Programmng Descrptons Ths secton descrbes all of the PC9155 programmng optons. [001]-[002] Zone Defntons Each of these sectons requres a 2-dgt entry to determne how a zone functons. Refer to sectons [132] to [134] for zone attrbute programmng. Zone Types Fre zones and 24-Hour zones go nto alarm whether the system s armed or dsarmed and do not follow the ext delay. 00 Null Zone: Ths zone type s ntended for zones that are NOT used. 01 Delay 1: Ths zone type follows the Entry Delay 1 and Ext Delay tmers programmed n secton [005] and s normally used for entry/ext doors. The ext delay starts as soon as the panel s armed. The zone may be opened and closed durng the delay tme wthout causng an alarm. After the ext delay tme has expred, openng the zone starts the entry delay tmer. Durng the entry delay tme, the keypad buzzer sounds steadly to advse the user that the system should be dsarmed. If the panel s dsarmed before the entry delay expres, no alarm s generated. 02 Delay 2: Ths zone type operates the same as the Delay 1 [01] zone except t follows the Entry Delay 2 tme whch s set n secton [005]. 03 Instant: Ths zone type s normally used for door/wndow contacts, but s nstant when opened after the ext delay expres. 04 Interor: Ths zone type s used wth nteror moton detectors. Interor zones have an ext delay and an entry delay f a delay type zone has been volated frst. The zone goes nto alarm when the entry delay of the delay type zone has expred, f the system has not been dsarmed. If the protected area s entered wthout enterng the delayed entrance and an nteror zone s volated, an mmedate alarm s generated. 05 Interor Stay/Away: If the system s Stay armed, ths zone type s bypassed. If the system s Away armed, the zone acts lke an nteror type zone [04]. 06 Delay Stay/Away: If the system s Stay armed, ths zone type s bypassed. If the system s Away armed, ths zone wll always follow the entry delay tme for Entry Delay 1 when volated. The automatc bypass on Stay/Away type zones s NOT removed by any event other than a vald ext through a delay type 1 zone durng the ext delay, armng usng the Away functon key or by pressng [][1] whle armed For Future Use Hour Supervsory (Hardwred): The zone s smlar to a fre zone. Supervson optons (NC, EOL, and DEOL) do not affect the functonalty of the zone. The Restored state of ths zone type s 5.6 K zone end-of-lne, the Alarm state s short and the Trouble state s open. Ths zone type must not be used for wreless zones Hour Supervsory Buzzer: When volated, the system buzzer wll sound steadly at medum volume untl a vald access code s entered Hour Burglary: Ths zone type s actve at all tmes. It reports an alarm f the panel s armed or dsarmed. Ths zone type sounds the bell for the length of Bell cut-off (secton [005]) f the audble attrbute s enabled. 12 For Future Use Hour Gas: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer Hour Heat: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer Hour Medcal: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer Hour Panc: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer Hour Emergency: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer. 18 For Future Use Hour Water: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer Hour Freeze: Smlar to 24 Hour Burglary except for System Event output type and SIA dentfer. 21 For Future Use 22 Momentary Keyswtch Arm. A keyswtch devce may be connected to the zone programmed as momentary keyswtch arm. Momentary actvaton of the zone alternately arms/dsarms the system and slences alarms. Tampers and faults wll only ntate ther respectve trouble sequence. The keypad wll not dsplay an ndcaton when ths type of zone s actvated. Wth audble alarm actve, usng the keyswtch when dsarmed s the same as enterng an access code at the keypad. Usng the keyswtch durng the frst 30 seconds of a delayed fre alarm s the same as pressng a key at the keypad (the 90 second delay wll start). The volaton of a keyswtch zone arms or dsarms the system. Volaton of ths zone type wll NOT be logged or transmt the Polce code. A bypass on ths zone type wll not be un-bypassed when the system s dsarmed. When the zone s bypassed, a zone bypass event buffer log and communcaton occurs mmedately, NOT when the system s armed. 23 Mantaned Keyswtch Arm (Hardwred): Keyswtch devces can be connected to zones programmed as Mantaned Keyswtch arm. In the restored state, the panel s dsarmed. The volaton of the zone arms the panel. Tampers and faults begn ther assocated trouble sequence. If the system s armed wth ths keyswtch, and then dsarmed by another method, then the keyswtch zone must be restored and then volated before the system can be armed wth ths zone agan. The same s true for dsarmng, f the zone s restored and the system armed, the keyswtch zone must be volated and then restored to dsarm the system. 5-22
42 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Ths zone type must NOT be used for wreless zones. Actvaton of a keyswtch zone s ntended to arm or dsarm the system. Actvaton of the zone wll not log or transmt the Polce code. A bypass on ths zone type wll not be un-bypassed when the system s dsarmed. When the zone s bypassed, a zone bypass event buffer log and communcaton occurs mmedately, NOT when the system s armed. Wth an audble alarm actve, usng the keyswtch when dsarmed s the same as enterng an access code at the keypad. Actvatng ths zone type durng the frst 30 seconds of a delayed fre alarm s the same as pressng a key at the keypad (the 90 second delay wll start). If left n the volated state, the system wll not arm untl the zone s restored and volated agan. 24 For Future Use 25 Interor Delay Zone: Ths zone type s normally used wth moton detectors and has a standard ext delay tme. If the panel s Away armed, the Interor Delay Zone wll be actve at the end of the ext delay. The zone then acts lke an nteror type zone [04]. If the panel s Stay armed, a volaton of ths zone type ntates Entry Delay 1. Volatng ths zone durng ext delay wll not cause the system to arm n Away mode, as n regular delay type zones Hour Non-Alarm (or local alarm) Zone. Zones programmed as ths type are actve at all tmes but do not cause an alarm, and are not saved n alarm memory. Zone attrbutes such as Zone Bypassng and Door Chme wll affect the functonalty of ths zone. Ths zone type wll sound the bell, but not communcate durng a walk test. Tampers and faults on zones programmed as 24-Hour non-alarm type wll not cause alarms For Future Use 31 Day Zone. Volatng ths zone when dsarmed wll sound the keypad buzzer but wll not log or report the events. Volatng ths zone when armed wll sound the bell and communcate the event. 32 Instant, Stay-Away Zone. Ths zone s bypassed when the system s Stay armed, but t functons smlarly to an Instant Zone [03] when Away armed. Ths zone type s useful for moton detectors that must NOT follow the entry delay after a delay zone s volated, but must stll retan the Stay/Away functonalty For Future Use Hour Non-Latchng Tamper Zone. Ths zone generates a tamper condton when volated. Ths zone s actve when armed or dsarmed. 37 Nght Zone. Ths zone acts lke an nteror Stay/Away zone [05] when the panel s armed n any method except the followng. When the system s armed n Stay mode and the nteror zones are reactvated by the user enterng [][1], ths zone type wll not be actvated Hour Carbon Monoxde (CO) Detecton. Ths zone type s used wth a wreless CO detector. Ths zone defnton has a dstnct bell cadence n the event of an alarm. The cadence of ths alarm s 4 cycles of 100ms on/off pulses, followed by a 5-second pause, and then repeated. After 4 mnutes the 5-second pause s extended to 60 seconds n duraton. The bell s slenced when an access code s entered or the bell tmes out. 82 Audo Verfcaton Montor. Ths zone type s used wth the PC5950 audo verfcaton module. Ths zone defnton s used to force mute the bell and srens durng a 2-way audo sesson. 87 Delayed 24-Hour Fre (Wreless). Ths zone s used wth wreless smoke detectors. Ths zone functons smlar to the standard 24 hour fre zone, except the alarm memory and transmsson by the communcator s delayed 30 seconds. If the alarm s acknowledged by pressng any key wthn 30 seconds, the bells wll slence and the transmsson wll be aborted. If the smoke detector s not restored after the alarm has been acknowledged the bell output wll actvate after 90 seconds. The user then has another 30-second delay before the bell output latches and communcatons are actvated. A code s then requred to slence the bell output. A tamper or fault of ths zone type wll cause a fre trouble to log and transmt. The fre delay s termnated f a second fre zone s trpped or f the key s pressed durng a delay. 88 Standard 24-Hour Fre (Wreless). Ths zone s used wth wreless smoke detectors. The bell output wll sound nstantly to ndcate that the smoke detector has been actvated when volated. If enabled, the communcator wll mmedately transmt the alarm to the montorng staton. A tamper or fault of ths zone type wll cause a fre trouble to log and transmt. Zone attrbutes should NOT be changed from the default settngs for all fre type zones. 89 Auto Verfed Fre Zone (Wreless) (Requred for CP-01). Ths zone type s to be used wth wreless smoke detectors. Ths zone defnton ensures an alarm condton perssts by lookng for a second alarm transmsson or the absence of an alarm restoral condton. The system gnores subsequent alarm transmssons after the frst transmsson from the same zone for a duraton of 40 seconds. If the sensor s n an alarm condton at the end of ths 40-second delay, the system wll go nto full alarm, soundng the bell, loggng and communcatng the event. If the zone s n a restored condton at the end of the 40-second delay, the system wll start another 80 second verfcaton tme sequence. If a fre zone goes nto alarm durng ths perod, the system wll go nto full alarm, soundng the bell, loggng and communcatng the event. A tamper or fault of ths zone type wll cause a fre trouble to log and transmt. The wreless smoke detector that s used wth ths zone type must have a bult-n sren to act as a pre-alert to the system alarm. Multple Fre Detectons: If another devce detects fre durng the auto verfy or delay sequence, the sequence s mmedately termnated and alarms are generated for all pendng zones. Ths apples to all other fre zones or system key alarms on the system (.e., two fre alarms from dfferent devces on the system wll cancel all pendng fre delays and create mmedate alarms). 5-23
43 [005] System Tmers 5.3 Programmng Descrptons Ths secton has two subsectons. Entry/Ext delays are n subsecton 01and Bell Cut-off s n subsecton 09. Subsectons are reserved for future use. Enter the correspondng 2-dgt entry to access these subsectons. [01] Entry Delay 1: ( ) seconds Ths value determnes the entry delay tme for delay 1 type zones. Entry Delay 2: ( ) seconds Ths value determnes the entry delay tme for delay 2 type zones. The system follows the entry tmer that actvates frst. For example: If a delay type 2 s actvated followed by a delay type 1, the system follows the Entry Delay 2 tmer. If delay type 1 s actvated frst, then the system follows the Entry Delay 1 tmer. Ext Delay: ( ) seconds Ths value determnes the ext delay tme when armng the system. [09] Bell Cut-off (Bell Tme Out) Ths value determnes the length of tme the bell/sren wll sound before automatcally turnng off. The default bell cut-off tme s 4 mnutes. Fre alarms wll follow the bell cut-off tme f secton [014] opton 8 s OFF and wll be contnuous f secton [014] opton 8 s ON. The system tamper sounds the bell for the duraton programmed n the Bell Cut-off tmer as well. Alarms/Events whch cause the keypad buzzer to sound (e.g., 24 hour buzzer zone) do not follow ths Bell Cut-off Tmer. The buzzer sounds untl an access code s entered to slence the condton. Enterng 000 n the entry or ext delay sectons results n a 225-second tmed delay. Enterng 000 n the Bell Cut-off secton results n a 1-mnute bell cut-off tme. These tmes wll dsplay as 000, but stll functon as ndcated. [006] Installer Code The Installer s Code s a code that s requred to gan access to system confguraton programmng, [ ][8]. The default Installer code s [5555] or [555555] f 6-dgt access codes are programmed. See secton [701] Opt. [5]. [007] Master Code The Master Code s a system user code that can program addtonal access codes, [ ][5], and has access to addtonal user functons, [ ][6]. The default Master code s [1234] or [123456] f 6-dgt access codes are programmed. See secton [701] Opt. [5]. [008] Mantenance Code The Mantenance Code s a system user code that can only arm and dsarm. Any other system functon that requres an access code s not accessble by ths code. The default Mantenance code s [AAAA] or [AAAA00] f 6-dgt access codes are programmed. See secton [701] Opt. [5]. [009] I/O Programmng The 2-dgt entres made n these sectons defne the zone type or the PGM type assgned to the I/O termnals. PGM 1/Zone 33 s enabled as a zone or PGM output n secton [013] opton 1. If opton 1 s ON, then the entry n the frst locaton of [009] s a zone defnton, f opton 1 s OFF, then the entry n the frst locaton s a PGM defnton. PGM 2/Zone 34 functonalty s enabled n secton [013] opton 2. Secton [009] s used to program the defnton for the hardwred zones (zone 33 and/or 34) or PGMs (PGM 1 and/or 2). See secton [013] to select zone nputs or PGM outputs. See sectons [133] and [134] for Zone attrbute programmng. See sectons [501] and [502] for PGM attrbute programmng. PGM Types 00 Null PGM (Not Used) 01 Burglary and Fre Bell Follower. The PGM swtches to ground when any bell actvty occurs. Ths PGM type follows: Fre pre-alerts CO (Carbon Monoxde) alarm sgnal Temporal three fre sgnal (f enabled) All burglary and fre alarms Bell cut-off tme Ths output wll NOT follow bell squawks. The man bell wll stll actvate for all alarms. The fre bell has precedence over burglary. If a fre alarm occurs when a burglary alarm s actve, the fre and burglar output wll pulse ( Fre PGM) wth the man bell. Ths PGM type wll follow the bell (pulsed f fre, steady f burglary) For Future Use 05 System Armed Status. The PGM swtches to ground at the begnnng of the ext delay when the system s armed. The output wll go hgh (open) when the system s dsarmed. 06 Ready to Arm. The PGM swtches to ground when the system s ready to arm (all non-force armable zones on the system are restored). When an access code s entered to arm the system and the ext delay begns, the PGM output wll be de-actvated. Ths PGM operates as descrbed durng walk test mode (f all zones are restored). 5-24
44 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System 07 Keypad Buzzer Follow. The PGM output swtches to ground when the keypad buzzer s actvated by the events descrbed below. The PGM output wll reman swtched to ground whle the keypad buzzer s actve. 24-hour supervsory buzzer zone alarm No actvty arm pre-alert Entry delay Audble ext fault Audble ext delay Door chme Ths PGM type does not actvate for local key presses or trouble beeps. 08 Courtesy Pulse. Ths PGM output swtches to ground for 2 mnutes past the end of entry or ext tmes to allow enough tme for complete entry to or ext from the premses. If the system s armed through the No Actvty Armng method ths output wll NOT actvate. 09 System Trouble. Ths PGM output swtches to ground when any of the selected Troubles are detected. The output wll de-actvate when all of the selected Troubles are restored. The PGM attrbutes from ths output are as follows: 1 Servce Requred 5 Devce (Fre) Fault 2 A.C. Falure 6 Devce Tamper 3 Telephone Lne Fault 7 Devce Low Battery 4 Communcatons (Falure to Communcate) 8 Loss of Clock 10 Latched System Event (Strobe). Ths PGM output swtches to ground when any of the selected system events (alarms) occur on the system. The PGM output wll deactvate when an access code s entered to dsarm the system. If an alarm actvates ths output n the dsarmed state, the alarm wll deactvate when a code s entered durng bell tme-out or f the system arms after bell tme-out. Ths output wll actvate for all slent and audble alarms. 1 Burglary Delay, Interor Delay, Instant, Interor, Stay/Away, Instant Stay/Away, Nght, Day Zone and 24-Hour. Burg zones 2 Fre Key, Fre zone 3 Panc Key and Panc 4 Medcal Key, Medcal and Emergency zones 5 Supervsory Supervsory, 24-Hour. Buzzer, Auxlary, Freeze, and Water zones 6 Prorty Gas, Heat, 24-Hour CO zones, 24-Hour Non-latchng Tamper 7 Duress Duress alarms 8 Latched Follows output tmer Ths PGM output actvates for alarm condtons only. Pre-alerts or delays do NOT actvate the output. When ths output follows the output tmer, events that have been dsabled from actvatng the output wll not restart the tmer. 11 System Tamper. Ths PGM output swtches to ground when any Tamper condton occurs on the system. If set for steady operaton, ths output deactvates when all Tamper condtons on the system are restored. If ths output s set for a pulsed output, the PGM output wll swtch to ground when a Tamper condton occurs and remans on for the duraton of the PGM output tmer (programmed n secton [170]). Ths wll actvate for each Tamper condton, even f there s an unrestored Tamper condton on the system. Tampers nclude zone tampers (DEOL), PC9155 case tampers, TLM trouble, RF Jam, and all zone and devce tampers. 12 TLM and Alarm. The output wll actvate when a Telephone Lne Trouble (TLM) trouble condton s present and then an alarm occurs on the system Future Use 17 Away Armed Status. Ths PGM output follows the status of the Stay/Away zones. If the system s armed wth the Stay/Away zones always actve, then the Away output s actve. 18 Stay Armed Status. Ths PGM output follows the status of the Stay/Away zones. If the system s armed wth the Stay/Away zones bypassed, then the Stay output s actve. 19 Command Output #1. Enterng the [][7][1] command actvates the PGM type accordng to how the PGM attrbutes are confgured. Refer to sectons [501] and [502] for attrbute nformaton. 20 Command Output #2. Enterng the [][7][2] command actvates the PGM type accordng to how the PGM attrbutes are confgured. Refer to sectons [501] and [502] for attrbute nformaton For Future Use 40 Audo Verfcaton Trgger. Ths PGM output actvates when the condtons are ready for 2-way audo verfcaton. Ths output s ntended to be used wth the PC5950 module. Actvaton of ths output wll be delayed untl the kss-off of the alarm messages. [012] Keypad Lockout Optons Ths secton determnes how the keypad lockout functon operates. Number of Invald Codes before Lockout Program a number from 000 to 255 to determne the number of nvald master, user or nstaller access code entres to reach keypad lockout. When keypad lockout occurs, the system s rendered noperatve va the keypad for the programmed duraton only (wreless keys and keyswtch zones wll stll be able to functon). When any keys are pressed, an error tone sounds. Enterng 000 dsables keypad lockout. Lockout Duraton Program a tme from 000 to 255 mnutes to determne the length of tme before lockout resets and the keypad can once agan be used. If lockout s not reached wthn the hour roll-over, the number of nvald attempts s reset to 0. After a vald access code s entered, the number of nvald attempts s reset to 0. Fre, Auxlary and Panc keys are stll actve durng keypad lockout. Key presses wll not reset the lockout tmer. If the lockout tmer was actve before powerng down, the system lockout wll be actve for the programmed duraton on power up. 5-25
45 [013] Frst System Optons [014] Second System Optons [015] Thrd System Optons 5.3 Programmng Descrptons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Zone 33/PGM 1 Selecton: Hardwred Zone 33 Input s enabled. The I/O-1 termnal functons as an nput for Zone 33. The zone defnton s programmed n the frst entry of secton [009]. Zone supervson s determned by attrbutes 14, 15, and 16 programmed n secton [133]. OFF: PGM 1 Output Enabled: The I/O-1 termnal functons as an output. The PGM type s programmed n the frst entry of secton [009]. PGM attrbutes are programmed n secton [501]. [2] ON: Zone 34/PGM 2 Selecton: Hardwred Zone 34 Input s enabled. The I/O-2 termnal functons as an nput for Zone 34. The zone defnton s programmed n the second entry of secton [009]. Zone supervson s determned by attrbutes 14, 15, and 16 programmed n secton [134]. OFF: PGM 2 Output Enabled: The I/O-2 termnal functons as an output. The PGM type s programmed n the second entry of secton [009]. PGM attrbutes are programmed n secton [502]. [3]-[5] For Future Use [6] ON: Audble Ext Fault. Audble Ext Fault s enabled. If a non force-armable delay 1 or delay 2 type zone s open at the end of the ext delay, the entry delay begns mmedately. Also, the bell sounds a steady alarm for the tme programmed as entry delay. Ths feature s ntended to mmedately alert the user that ther system has been armed ncorrectly. The Ext Fault Pre-alert s logged to the event buffer f Audble Ext Fault s enabled and f there s an ext error. OFF: Audble Ext Fault s Dsabled. The bell does not sound and Ext Fault Pre-alert s not logged to the event buffer for an ext error condton. [7] For Future Use [8] ON: Temporal Three Fre Sgnal. All fre bells wll sound n the temporal three fre sgnal pattern descrbed n the NFPA standard. The cadence s as follows: 500ms ON, 500ms OFF, 500ms ON, 500ms OFF, 500ms ON, 1.5ms OFF. Only zone defntons [87], [88], and [89] (along wth the Fre key) wll use ths sgnallng f t s enabled. All other zone defntons set to pulse use the standard pulse cadence. OFF: Standard Pulsed Fre Sgnal. All fre bells wll sound wth the standard 1 second ON/1 second OFF fre bell cadence. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Arm / Dsarm Bell Squawk Enabled. The bell output sounds a sngle squawk when armed n any manner, and a double squawk when the system s dsarmed. If there are alarms n memory, or an FAP key alarm has occurred, the bell emts a trple squawk to ndcate the alarm memory. OFF: Arm / Dsarm Bell Squawk Dsabled. The bell output does not squawk when the system s armed or dsarmed n any manner. Ths opton does not affect the Bell Squawk attrbute for access codes. [2] For Future Use [3] ON: RF Jam Logs After 5 Mnutes. The RF Jam Trouble wll not log to the event buffer untl the 5 mnute delay has elapsed. OFF: RF Jam Logs After 20 Seconds. The RF Jam Trouble wll log to the event buffer after the ntal 20 second delay has elapsed. The Trouble s dsplayed on the keypad as soon as t occurs. The panel Trouble LED changes from yellow to orange ndcatng that the panel s n RF Jam. [4]-[5] For Future Use [6] ON: Audble Ext wth Urgency. The keypad sounds a pulsng tone (once per second) durng the ext delay f the panel s armed usng an access code, keyswtch zone or away armng functon key. The keypad sounds a dfferent tone (3 tones per second) to warn that the ext delay s about to expre durng the last 10 seconds of the ext delay. OFF: Slent Ext Delay. The keypad does not sound durng the ext delay. [7] For Future Use [8] ON: Fre Bell s Contnuous. The bell output sounds untl an access code s entered to slence the alarm or dsarm the system for all fre type alarms. Ths s ndependent of the tme programmed for bell cut-off n secton [005]. OFF: Fre Bell Follows Tme-out. The bell output sounds for the length of the bell Cut-off or untl an access code s entered for all fre type alarms. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Fre Key Enabled. Pressng and holdng the fre key for 2 seconds generates a fre alarm. The keypad sounds a set of 3 beeps to acknowledge the vald alarm and the buzzer sounds a pulsng alarm tone for the length of the bell tme-out, or untl an access code s entered. An alarm reportng code (f programmed) s transmtted. OFF: Fre Key Dsabled. The Fre key does not sound or report an alarm when pressed. When enabled, ths key generates alarms at all tmes. [2] ON: Panc Key Audble. When a vald Panc key alarm s generated, the keypad buzzer sounds a seres of 3 beeps to acknowledge the alarm. The buzzer then sounds a steady tone for the length of the bell tme-out or untl an access code s entered. OFF: Panc Key Slent. When a vald Panc key alarm s generated, the keypad buzzer and the bell output reman slent, but the alarm s stll transmtted (f programmed). 5-26
46 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [3] ON: Quck Ext Enabled. See [][0] n secton 3.3 [] Commands. OFF: Quck Ext Dsabled. [4] ON: Quck Armng Enabled/Functon Keys Do Not Requre Code. [][0] armng and Stay/Away functon keys may be used to arm the system wthout the entry of a vald access code. OFF: Quck Armng Dsabled/Functon Keys Requre Code. [][0] armng s not permtted, and Stay/Away functons keys requre the entry of an access code to arm the system. Ths opton must be OFF to dentfy wreless keys for armng. [5] ON: Access Code Requred to Bypass Zones. After enterng the [][1] Bypass Zones command, an access code must be entered before zones may be bypassed. OFF: Access Code Not Requred to Bypass Zones. No code s requred to enter the [][1] Bypass Zones command to bypass zones. [6] ON: Master Code Not User Changeable. The Master Code (access code 40) may not be changed by the user wth [][5] access code programmng. The Master Code can only be programmed n Installer Programmng, secton [007]. OFF: Master Code User-Changeable. The Master Code (access code 40) may be programmed by the user usng the [][5][Master Code][40] command. The Master Code may also be programmed n Installer Programmng. [7] ON: Telephone Lne Montor enabled. The TLM functon s actve and the system ndcates f a Telephone Lne Trouble condton exsts when usng the [][2] Vew Trouble Condtons command. OFF: Telephone Lne Montor dsabled. The TLM functon s shut off and telephone lne troubles are NOT ndcated by the system. [8] ON: System Tamper enabled. The panel montors the physcal tamper swtch. The swtch actvates f the system s taken off the wall, or the front cover s removed, generatng a System Tamper Alarm. A system tamper causes an audble alarm f the system s armed. If the system s dsarmed when a system tamper occurs, the system cannot be armed untl the tamper condton s cleared. OFF: System Tamper dsabled. The panel does not montor the physcal tamper swtch. [016] Fourth System Optons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Cross Zonng Enabled. The panel uses the Cross Zone attrbute for burglary verfcaton. OFF: Polce Code s Enabled. The panel uses the Polce Code feature for burglary verfcaton. [2] ON: Ext Delay Restart Enabled. If a delay zone (Delay 1 or 2 only) s volated durng the ext delay and then restored, t s consdered an ext. If a delay zone s volated agan t s consdered a re-entry. Wth ths opton enabled the panel restarts the ext delay. Further volatons and restorals of delay zones do not restart the ext delay. OFF: Ext Delay Restart Dsabled. Delay zone volatons and restores do not restart the ext delay. The ext delay can only be restarted once. Ths ncludes restarts from Away functon keys. If the ext delay s slent, the addtonal ext tme remans slent and doubles the programmed ext tme (requred for CP-01). [3] ON: Blank Keypad When Not Used. If no keys are pressed for 30 seconds, the dsplay and all keypad lghts except backlghtng (f enabled) turn OFF untl the next keypress, entry delay, audble alarm, or keypad buzzer condton. OFF: Keypad Always Actve. The keypad lghts reman ON at all tmes. [4] ON: Access Code requred to remove Keypad Blankng. A vald access code must be entered before a blanked keypad can be used. If the bell or entry delay s actve, enterng an access code unblanks the keypad and dsarms the system. OFF: Access Code Not Requred. Pressng any key on a blanked keypad removes the blankng. If the key s a number, then t s consdered the frst dgt of an access code. [5] ON: Keypad Backlghtng s Enabled. The keypad wll have backlghtng on all of the tme. OFF: Keypad Backlghtng s Dsabled. The keypad wll never have backlghtng on. [6] ON: Identfed WLS keys Not Requred for Dsarmng. The panel accepts the dsarm key code from an undentfed wreless key allowng dsarmng wthout a code. OFF: Identfed WLS Keys Requred for Dsarmng. The panel does NOT accept the dsarm key code from an undentfed wreless key. An access code must be assocated to a wreless key for operaton. [7] ON: Bypass Status Dsplayed Whle Armed. Warnng Bypass Actve dsplays f zones are manually bypassed when the system s Away armed. OFF: Bypass Status Not Dsplayed Whle Armed. Zones that have been manually bypassed are not ndcated when the system s Away armed. [8] ON: Daylght Savng Tme Enabled. The panel swtches between daylght-savng and standard tme accordng to the programmed tme of the year and number of hours n sectons [168] and [169]. OFF: Daylght Savng Tme Dsabled. The panel wll NOT make tme adjustments for daylght-savng tme. Ensure that daylght-savng tme programmng under sectons [168] and [169] does not conflct wth the test transmssons programmng. 5-27
47 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [018] Sxth System Optons Opton Descrpton [1] For Future use [2] ON: Keypad Tamper Enabled. All system keypads wll generate tamper troubles and restorals. OFF: Keypad Tampers are dsabled. System keypads wll NOT generate tamper troubles and restorals. [3]-[4] For Future use [5] ON: Keypad Buzzer Follows Bell Enabled. The keypad buzzers follow the bell status. OFF: Keypad Buzzer Follows Bell Dsabled. The keypad buzzers do NOT follow all bell actvty. Only desgnated alarms wll actvate the keypad buzzer. DSC recommends the use of a transformer wth the system keypad f ths feature s enabled. [6]-[8] For Future Use [023] Tenth System Optons Code Opton Descrpton [1] On: Chme on Openngs Enabled. When a zone wth the door chme attrbute ON s volated, the system keypads and srens (f enabled) sound door chme beeps. Off: Chme on Openngs Dsabled. When a zone wth the door chme attrbute ON s volated, the system keypads and srens (f enabled) do not sound door chme beeps. [2] On: Chme on Closngs Enabled. When a zone wth the door chme attrbute ON s restored, the system keypads and srens (f enabled) sound door chme beeps. Off: Chme on Closngs Dsabled. When a zone wth the door chme attrbute ON s restored, the system keypads and srens (f enabled) do not sound door chme beeps. [3] ON: Test Transmsson whle Armed Only. The Perodc Test Transmsson reportng code s transmtted when the system s armed, dependng on whch test transmsson optons are enabled. OFF: Test Transmsson whle Armed and Dsarmed. The Perodc Test Transmsson reportng code s transmtted when the programmed tme occurs regardless of the armed state of the panel. Ths feature s ntended to operate wth the test transmsson counter set to hours. [4] ON: Test Transmsson Counter n Hours: Sets the test transmsson counter to hours. OFF: Test Transmsson Counter n Days: Sets the test transmsson counter to days. [5] ON: Swtchng from Away to Stay Dsabled. The user can not swtch from Away mode (hghest armed mode) to Stay mode (lower armed mode) wth the armng functon keys or the [][1] feature. OFF: Togglng between Away and Stay s permtted. [6] For Future Use [7] ON: Trouble Beeps are Slent. Trouble beeps wll NOT sound a double beep every 10 seconds unless the trouble s caused by a fre trouble. OFF: Trouble beeps wll sound every 10 seconds: Trouble beeps wll sound a double beep every 10 seconds for all troubles. [8] ON: Keyswtch Arms n Away Mode. Keyswtch zones on the system arm the system n Away mode. OFF: Keyswtch Arms n Stay or Away. When a keyswtch zone s used to arm the system, the fnal armed mode depends on whether the user volates a delay zone durng ext delay. If the user volates a delay zone, the system wll arm n Away mode. If not, the system wll arm n Stay mode. (Ths s smlar to armng the system at the keypad wth an access code. The ext delay wll be audble.) [024] Eleventh System Optons Code Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Temperature Dsplay Enabled. The keypad dsplays the temperature receved from the lowest numbered external sren. If the local clock dsplay s also enabled, then the keypad dsplays date, tme, and temperature. OFF: Temperature Dsplay Dsabled. The keypad wll NOT dsplay the temperature. [2] ON: Temperature dsplayed n degrees Celsus. The keypad dsplays the temperature n Celsus. OFF: Temperature dsplayed In Fahrenhet. The keypad dsplays the temperature n degrees Fahrenhet. [3] ON: PC9155 Internal Sren Enabled. The nternal sren on the panel s enabled. OFF: PC9155 Internal Sren Dsabled. The nternal sren on the panel s dsabled. [4] ON: Inactvty s Montored by all Zones. If no volatons occur on any burglary zones durng the Inactvty Tmer wndows (secton [591]-[592], the panel communcates the Fal to Report In code, f programmed. Ths code s not transmtted for panels that are Away armed. Troubles and bypassed zones wll not cause actvty ndcatons. OFF: Inactvty s Montored only by 24-hour Non-alarm Zones. If no volatons occur on a 24-hour non-alarm zone durng the Inactvty Tmer wndows (secton [591]-[592]), the panel communcates the Fal to Report In code, f programmed. [5]-[8] For Future Use 5-28
48 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [030] Zone Loop Response Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Zone 33 s Fast Loop Response: Zone 33 has a fast loop response (36 ms). OFF: Zone 33 s Normal Loop Response: Zone 33 has a normal loop response (400 ms). [2] ON: Zone 34 s Fast Loop Response: Zone 34 has fast loop response (36 ms). OFF: Zone 34 s Normal Loop Response: Zone 34 has normal loop response (400 ms). [3]-[8] For Future Use [101]-[134] Zone Attrbutes The followng optons can be enabled or dsabled for each zone. Pressng [9] n one of these sectons brngs the nstaller to the upper bank (attrbutes 9 to 16). From the upper bank, press [9] to return to the lower bank (attrbutes 1 to 8). These attrbutes overrde default settngs. Do NOT change fre zone attrbutes from ther default settngs. Opton [1] Bell Optons ON: An alarm actvates the bell output. OFF: Slent alarm. Descrpton If a zone s set for slent alarm, and 2-way Audo (attrbute [9]) s enabled, the audo sesson wll only be Lsten-n. Ths means the central staton operator can not speak back through the system to the end user. (Ths apples to the PC5950 audo verfcaton module only). [2] Bell Type ON: The bell output s steady when the zone s n alarm. OFF: The bell output pulses when the zone s n alarm. [3] Chme ON: The keypad chmes when the zone s volated and when the zone s secured. OFF: The zone does not chme the keypad. [4] Bypass ON: The zone may be manually bypassed. OFF: The zone can not be bypassed. [5] Force Armng ON: The system can be armed wth the zone volated. The zone s temporarly bypassed and, when secured, s montored by the system. OFF: The system cannot be armed f the zone s open. [6] Swnger Shutdown ON: When the zone goes nto alarm for the number of tmes programmed n the Swnger Shutdown Counter (see secton [377]), t shuts down wth no further transmssons sent to the montorng staton. The bell follows Swnger Shutdown f programmed. OFF: Swnger Shutdown s dsabled. All alarms are transmtted and do not follow the Swnger Shutdown Counter. If a zone s n Swnger Shutdown, and ths attrbute s dsabled, then re-enabled, the zone wll no longer be n Swnger Shutdown. [7] Transmsson Delay ON: Reportng of zone alarms are delayed for the programmed tme n secton [377] after the zone goes nto alarm. If a vald access code s entered wthn ths tme, no alarm sgnal s communcated. OFF: When an alarm occurs, the reportng code s transmtted mmedately. [8] Cross Zone ON: The zone s enabled for cross zonng. OFF: The zone s not enabled for cross zonng. [9] 2-way Audo Apples to 2-way Audo Verfcaton Module (PC5950) ON: The zone ntates a 2-way audo verfcaton sesson wth the central staton. OFF: The zone does not ntate a 2-way audo sesson. [10]-[13] For Future Use Optons [14] to [16] are used for zones 33 and 34 exclusvely. If more than 1 opton s enabled for optons 14, 15, and 16 the lowest attrbute number wll take precedence. If Optons 14 and 15 are both enabled the zone follows the NC loop confguraton. [14] Normally Closed Loops [15] Sngle End of Lne (SEOL) Resstors [16] Double End of Lne (DEOL) Resstors ON: The zone follows the Normally Closed (NC) loop confguraton. OFF: The zone does NOT follow NC loop confguraton. ON: The zone follows the SEOL zone confguraton. OFF: The zone does NOT follow SEOL zone confguraton. ON: The zone follows the DEOL zone confguraton. OFF: The zone does NOT follow DEOL zone confguraton. 5-29
49 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [167] GPRS/Ethernet Interface Communcatons Wat for ACK Ths value represents the tme the communcator wats for an acknowledgement (ACK) from the recever after sendng the SIA packet to the central staton. [168]-[169] Daylght Savng Tme These sectons provde support for programmng the begnnng and the endng of daylght-savng tme. In secton [168] the month s programmed n the frst entry, the week n the second entry, and the day of the month or the day of the week n the thrd entry. The hour of the day when the panel code shall sprng forward the system clock wth the number of hours s programmed n the last entry of ths secton. Under secton [169] followng the order of the entres of secton [168] the nstaller can program the month, week, day of month or day of week and the hour of the day when the system clock shall fall back wth the number of hours programmed n the last entry of ths secton. [1] Month Vald entres are for January to December. [2] Week Vald entres are 0-5. Enter 0 to program a specfc date and tme to set the clock ahead under secton [168] or set the clock back under secton [169]. Enter 1-5 to program the occurrence n the month n whch the programmed specfc day of the week (Sun-Sat) wll occur to set the clock ahead under secton [168] or back under secton [169]. [3] Day If 0 s programmed n the prevous secton, vald entres are 1-31 for the day of the month. If 1-5 s programmed n the prevous secton, vald entres are 0-6 (Sun-Sat) for the day of the week. [4] Hour Vald entres are 0-23 hours. Ths s the tme of day to advance or set back the clock. [5] Tme Vald entres are 1 or 2 hours. Ths s the number of hours to advance or set back the clock. To program the last week of the month, program week 5 under the second entry The tme cannot be programmed to change at mdnght. If daylght-savng occurs at mdnght, program the hour for 2:00 AM [170] PGM Output Tmer Ths value represents the perod of tme (n seconds) that a PGM wll actvate f programmed to follow the PGM tmer. Vald entres are If a System Event PGM s programmed to follow the Command Output tmer, all PGM attrbutes do not have to be enabled. The System Tamper wll also follow ths tmer. [176] Cross Zone/Polce Code Tmer Ths opton affects the Cross Zone/Polce Code log and transmsson as well as the Cross Zone feature. When a zone trp occurs, the Cross Zone tmer starts. Ths tmer affects the panel n two dfferent ways dependng on the programmng of the Burglary Verfcaton optons (secton [016], Opton [1]): If the Polce Code feature s beng used, the frst zone alarm wll mmedately transmt. When a second zone alarm occurs wthn the tme perod (n mnutes) programmed n ths secton, the panel wll log and transmt the Polce Code event. If the second zone alarm occurs after ths tmer expres, the Polce Code wll not be logged or transmtted, and the tmer wll be started agan. If the Cross Zone attrbute s used, the frst zone alarm wll not log, transmt or begn an audble alarm sequence. If a second zone s volated wthn the Cross Zone tmer's duraton (n seconds), the panel goes nto the approprate alarm sequence and communcates both zone alarms followed by the burglary verfed sgnal. If 000 s programmed n ths secton, ether: The Polce Code transmts for any two dfferent zone alarms durng an armed-to-armed perod. The Cross Zonng feature wll not work. Ths s not a vald entry for Cross Zonng. The Polce Code tmer s n mnutes. the Cross Zone tmer s n seconds. [190] No-Actvty Armng Pre-Alert Tmer Ths s the duraton whch the No-Actvty Armng pre-alert sounds when the No-Actvty tmer expres (see secton [191]). The keypad dsplays System Armng n Progress for the duraton of the pre-alert tmer. If programmed as 000, the system arms when the No-Actvty tmer expres. Vald entres are mnutes. [191] No-Actvty Tmer The system begns ts Auto-arm sequence when the No-Actvty tmer expres. If 000 s programmed n ths secton, No-Actvty Armng s dsabled. Vald entres are from mnutes, 000 to dsable. The No-Actvty tmer starts when an Entry/Ext pont s volated. The tmer wll cancel on the next zone volaton and only start up agan when another Entry/Ext pont volaton occurs. The vald entres begn at 5 mnutes. A PIR that s actvated cannot be re-actvated for at least another 3 mnutes. [202]-[206] Zone Assgnments These sectons determne f each ndvdual zone s enabled or dsabled. If a zone s enabled, t s supervsed by the system and operates accordng to the zone type programmed. If a zone s not assgned to the system, t s not supervsed and all actvty on the zone s gnored by the panel. 5-30
50 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [301] Frst Telephone Number The nformaton n ths secton also apples to sectons [302], [303] and [305]. These sectons determne whch type of communcator s actvated n the event of an alarm (telephone, GPRS and Ethernet) and the sequence that the system follows n the event of an unsuccessful communcaton. Entry of [D] followed by a [Telephone Number] termnated wth F confgures the secton for telephone dalng. E.g.: [D F] Entry of [D] followed by [CAA] termnated wth F allows the system confguraton to be determned by the GPRS/Ethernet module. E.g.: [DCAAF] Enter [DCBBF] to confgure the secton for Ethernet Recever 1 Enter [DCCCF] to confgure the secton for Ethernet Recever 2 Enter [DCDDF] to confgure the secton for GPRS Recever 1 Enter [DCEEF] to confgure the secton for GPRS Recever 2 Telephone Communcatons All telephone number sectons are 32 dgts n length. Hexadecmal dgts may be programmed n the telephone number to perform addtonal functons as follows: Enter [][2][] HEX B to dal. Enter [][3][] HEX C to dal #. Enter [][4][] HEX D for an addtonal dal tone search, as s requred for PBX telephone systems. Enter [][5][] HEX E to nsert a 2-second pause n the telephone number. There s an automatc 2-second pause before addtonal dal tone searches are ntated. HEX A s not used. HEX F represents the end of the phone number (everythng after F s gnored). Pressng [#] n these sectons wll ext and save the entre phone number. The panel wll not attempt to communcate, f no phone number s programmed. Ths apples to phone numbers 1 and 2. [302] Second Telephone Number See [301] Frst Telephone Number for detals. [303] Thrd Telephone Number See [301] Frst Telephone Number for detals. [304] Call Watng Cancel Dalng Strng Ths s a 6-dgt Hex entry that s used to dsable call watng on a call watng equpped phone lne. Ths s typcally 70 n most areas. Dalng ths strng before a phone number wll dsable call watng for the duraton of the call. If ths secton s programmed (not FFFFFF), and secton [382] opton [4] s ON, the panel dals ths strng n place of the frst dgt of the phone number (sectons [301]-[303]). Ths only apples to the frst attempt that s made to each phone number. If sx dgts are not requred, termnate the strng wth Hex Fs to create a 6-dgt strng. [305] Fourth Phone Number See [301] Frst Telephone Number for detals. [310] System Account Code Ths s the Account code used by the panel when communcatng. Ths Account code can be up to sx dgts n length for the SIA communcatons format. Only SIA supports 6-dgt account codes. If a 4-dgt account code s used, enter FF for the last two dgts. When usng Contact ID or BPS Formats and the account number has a 0 n t, substtute a HEX dgt A for the 0. Reportng Codes Reportng codes are found wthn sectons [320] through [348]. Each format has ts own rules and requrements. The GS2065 and TL265GS modules only support SIA or Contact ID reportng code formats. [320]-[326] Zone Alarms & Alarm Restores These reportng codes are used by the communcator to transmt zone alarms and restores for zones 1 to 34.These reportng codes are sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Zone alarms wll transmt to the System Test Transmsson Call Drecton when they are beng transmtted as part of the walk test (enabled f secton [382] opton [2] s ON). 5-31
51 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [328] Mscellaneous Alarm Reportng Codes Duress Alarm Ths reportng code s transmtted whenever a Duress code s used to perform any functon on the system. The reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Openng After Alarm Ths reportng code s transmtted when the system s dsarmed after an alarm; f an alarm occurred durng the prevous armed perod. The reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Recent Closng A Recent Closng transmsson s transmtted f an alarm occurs wthn 2 mnutes of the ext delay tme expry. The Recent Closng report s transmtted for the frst alarm only. The reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Also, the Recent Closng event s transmtted, even f the zone alarm has transmsson delay enabled. Cross Zone/Polce Code Alarm When usng Cross Zonng (secton [016] opton [1] ON), ths reportng code s sent when two crossed zones go nto alarm durng the Cross Zone perod. When usng Polce Code (secton [016] opton [1] OFF), ths reportng code s sent when any two zones go nto alarm. In both cases, only one reportng code s sent durng each armed-to-armed perod. The reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Burglary Not Verfed When usng Cross Zonng (secton [016] opton [1] ON), ths reportng code s sent f the Cross Zone tmer s ntated by the frst cross zone alarm, but t s not verfed by a second cross zone alarm before the tmer expres. Ths reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. Alarm Cancelled If an alarm event s sent after transmsson delay has expred, then a cancel wndow tme wll start. Any tme durng ths wndow f a vald access code s entered then ths event s logged and transmtted. When ths reportng code/event has been acknowledged by the central staton a keypad wll rng back. Ths reportng code s sent to the Alarm & Restore call drecton group. See secton [377] Communcatons Cancel Wndow. [329] Prorty Alarm and Restore Reportng Codes (Fre, Auxlary, Panc Alarms/Restores and Fal to Report In) If enabled and used to generate manual alarms, these reportng codes are sent to the Alarm & Restore Call Drecton group. [330]-[336] Zone Tampers & Tamper Restorals These reportng codes are used by the communcator to transmt zone tampers and restores for zones 1 to 34.These reportng codes are sent to the Tamper Alarm & Tamper Restore call drecton group of the system. [338] Mscellaneous Tamper Reportng Codes System Tamper & Restore These reportng codes are sent to the system Tamper Alarm & Tamper Restore call drecton group when a panel tamper occurs. Keypad Lockout Whenever the system enters keypad lockout, ths reportng code s sent to the system Tamper Alarm & Tamper Restore call drecton group. [339] Closng/Reportng Codes (Closng by Users 1-16) When the system s armed, a closng reportng code s transmtted for the user code used to arm the system after the ext delay expres. These reportng codes are sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group of the system. In addton, ether Armed n Stay Mode or Armed n Away Mode s logged to the event buffer. Closng by Users (Duress) When the system s armed by an access code programmed as duress, the correspondng closng reportng code s transmtted. Ths reportng code s sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. [341] Mscellaneous Closng (Armng) Reportng Codes Closng By Access Code 40 See [339] Closng by Users Automatc Zone Bypassng Ths stops transmsson of zone bypass nformaton for systems set up for an automatc communcaton format (SIA and Contact ID). Enter [00] to dsable the automatc zone bypassng communcatons. If the zones are to be dentfed, they are transmtted wth the Partal Closng to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. (24 Hour zone types wll transmt that they have been bypassed when the user exts the bypassng menu). Partal Closng If zones were manually bypassed at the tme of armng, ths reportng code s transmtted to the central staton wth the Closng code to warn of a securty compromse. Automatc bypasses caused by Stay armng wll not cause ths code to be transmtted. Zones force armed by automatc armng wll transmt n the manner descrbed above. If SIA s used, each zone wll be dentfed usng the UB-XX (un-typed bypass) dentfer. The dentfed zones wll follow the partal closng code and precede the closng transmsson. Ths reportng code s sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. Specal Closng If the system s armed wthout an access code usng Keyswtch Zone, Downloadng, Quck Arm [][0], or Stay or Away functon keys ths reportng code s transmtted. In addton, ether Armed n Stay Mode or Armed n Away Mode s logged to the event buffer for all closng types. Ths reportng code s sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. 5-32
52 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Ext Fault If an Ext Error occurs and entry delay expres before the system s dsarmed, ths reportng code s sent. Ths reportng code s sent to the Openngs & Closngs call drecton group. [342] Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes (Users 1-16) When the system s dsarmed, an openng Reportng code for the correspondng user s transmtted. These reportng codes are sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. Openng by Users (Duress) An openng by an access code programmed as duress results n a transmsson of the correspondng openng reportng code. These reportng codes are sent to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. [344] Mscellaneous Openng (Dsarmng) Reportng Codes Openng By Access Code 40 See [342] Openng (Dsarmng) by Users Specal Openng If the system s dsarmed (opened) by usng keyswtch zone, an undentfed wreless key, or downloadng, ths reportng code s transmtted to the Openng & Closng call drecton group. [345]-[346] Mantenance Alarm Reportng Codes Battery Trouble & Restore If the standby battery s low or dsconnected, ths trouble s reported. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. AC Falure & Restore If the AC supply has faled or has been restored, these reportng codes are sent. A programmable delay ( mnutes, secton [377]) apples to both the trouble and the restore. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. Fre Trouble & Restore An open crcut or any Low Senstvty, Tamper or Fault report from a wreless smoke detector, causes ths trouble to be reported. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. Auxlary Power Supply Trouble & Restore If an auxlary voltage supply trouble occurs (the Aux PTC has caused the auxlary supply to stop outputtng power), ths trouble s reported. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. If the delay zone that caused the ext error has cross zonng enabled, the ext fault and zone alarm wll stll transmt f a second zone s not volated. Ths s to nform the central staton that the premse s not secure. The local alarm sequence follows the cross zonng rules. The ext error s transmtted wth the zone alarm that caused the fault, even f that zone has a transmsson delay enabled. When the Aux Postve Temperature Co-effcent (electronc fuse) enters the open state due to a short or hgh current draw, f the short s removed and a load s stll appled, the Aux+ output wll not recover. It must be powered down and back up agan to restore ths condton. TLM Restore The TLM Restore code s sent when the telephone trouble condton s restored. Ths reportng code s sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. General System Trouble & Restore These reportng codes are transmtted va System Mantenance call drecton group to report RF Jam troubles or hardware fault troubles that occur on the system. General System Supervsory Trouble & Restore These reportng codes are transmtted va the System Mantenance call drecton group when an enrolled TLXXX module has been detected as absent or restored. Cold Start In the event of a total power falure, the Cold Start reportng code s transmtted to the central staton when power s restored to the panel. The reportng code s sent after 2 mnutes to allow the panel to stablze, although the event s logged n the buffer at 00:00. An entry of 00 n ths secton dsables the reportng code. [347] Mscellaneous Mantenance Reportng Codes Falure to Communcate (Phone Numbers 1, 2, 3 & 4) When events fal to communcate to ether telephone number, ths reportng code s transmtted the next tme a communcaton s successful. The nformaton s transmtted n the followng order: Old Event(s) Falure To Communcate (Phone #1) New Event(s) The FTC reportng code does not follow any call drecton group. It s sent to every group s call drectons upon transmsson of faled to communcate events. When event(s) fal to communcate to a telephone number, there s no attempt to communcate agan untl another event s sent to that phone number. DLS Lead In and Lead Out When call-back s enabled, the control panel transmts the DLS Lead In reportng code before callng back the downloadng computer.the DLS Lead Out reportng code s transmtted by the panel every tme DLS has completed a successful DLS sesson wth the control panel. The DLS Lead In reportng code s transmtted n 5-33
53 5.3 Programmng Descrptons two ways: after the panel has been successfully called by DLS, but before the panel calls DLS back va the downloadng telephone number when call-back s enabled, or upon a user-ntated call-up. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. If DLS s termnated by an alarm, the PC9155 wll not communcate the DLS lead out event. General Zone Fault & Restore Ths reportng code s sent whenever a zone has entered the fault state. Ths occurs when there s a short on DEOL hardwred zones and/or a loss of supervsory on a wreless zone. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. Delnquency The Delnquency Reportng code s transmtted n one of two ways. If secton [380] opton [8] s OFF, t s transmtted when the system has not been armed for the number of days programmed n secton [377]. If secton [380] opton [8] s ON, t s transmtted when no zone actvty has been detected on the system for the number of hours programmed n secton [377]. Ths reportng code s sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. The Actvty Delnquency tmer s actve when the system s armed n Stay mode, and not actve n Away mode or Nght mode armng. General Zone Low Battery Alarm and Restore Codes The followng reportng codes are sent to report a Zone Low Battery condton on wreless zones. Indvdual zones are logged to the event buffer. SIA and Contact I.D. formats dentfy the zone wth the low battery condton. A zone low battery trouble s dsplayed mmedately. Transmsson may be delayed (secton [377]). These reportng codes are transmtted to the System Mantenance call drecton group. Installer Lead In and Lead Out The Installer Lead In and Lead Out reportng codes are sent when the panel enters and exts Installer s mode respectvely. When extng Installer Programmng automatcally after ntatng PC-Lnk va secton [499], the Installer Lead Out event does not communcate untl after the DLS sesson s complete. These reportng codes are sent to the System Mantenance call drecton group. [348] Test Transmsson Reportng Codes Walk Test Begn/End These reportng codes are sent when the walk test s ntated and termnated. These codes precede and termnate the alarm reportng codes for the zones that are actvated durng the walk test perod, f the alarms are to be transmtted (secton [382] opton [2]). The walk test reportng codes are sent to the System Test Transmsson call drecton group. Perodc Test Transmsson When the programmed nterval and tme of day have elapsed, ths reportng code s transmtted. Ths reportng code s sent to the System Test Transmsson call drecton group. System Test When the [][6][Master Code][4] command s used to perform a manual system test, ths reportng code s sent to test the communcator. Ths reportng code s sent to the System Test Transmsson call drecton group. [350] Communcator Format Optons Ths secton requres four 2-dgt entres (1 per phone number). See Appendx B: Communcator Format Optons. If phone numbers are programmed for use wth the TL265GS/GS2065 modules the programmed format must be SIA or Contact ID. [351]-[376] Communcator Call Drectons Communcator call drectons can be confgured for 4 dfferent phone numbers. Each reportng code falls under one of the followng 5 groups: Alarms & Restores Openngs & Closngs Tampers & Restores (ncludng System Tampers) System Mantenance Alarms & Restores System Test Transmssons Each group can be assgned to the followng call drectons: Opton 1: 1 st Telephone Number Opton 2: 2 nd Telephone Number Opton 3: 3 rd Telephone Number Opton 4: 4 th Telephone Number [377] Communcaton Varables Swnger Shutdown (Alarms & Restores) Ths value determnes the number of transmsson attempts (alarm and restore pars) per zone that the communcator makes before t shuts down for that zone ( Swnger Shutdown ). Program a 3-dgt number from 000 to 014. When programmed as 000, the communcator Does NOT shutdown and all alarms are transmtted. The bell and event buffer can follow Swnger Shutdown f they are enabled. 5-34
54 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System Swnger Shutdown (Tampers & Restores) Ths value determnes the number of tmes the same system Tamper type event occurs before stoppng transmssons. Program a 3-dgt number from 000 to 014. When programmed as 000, the communcator does NOT shut down and all tampers are transmtted. Ths Swnger Shutdown affects zone and system tampers. Swnger Shutdown (Mantenance Troubles & Restores) Ths value determnes the number of tmes the same system Mantenance (Trouble) type event wll occur before stoppng transmssons. Fre Troubles follow the Mantenance Swnger Shutdown varable. Program a 3-dgt number from 000 to 014. When programmed wth 000, Swnger Shutdown s dsabled and all mantenance troubles are transmtted. Communcaton Delay (seconds) Ths value determnes the delay before an alarm transmsson for zones whch have the Transmsson Delay attrbute enabled. Vald entres are from 000 to 255 seconds. AC Falure Communcaton Delay (n mnutes or hours) Ths value determnes the delay before an AC falure or AC restore s transmtted. The AC falure or restore s stll dsplayed mmedately and logged to the buffer. Vald entres for ths secton are from 000 to 255 mnutes or hours, dependng on secton [382] opton [6]. TLM Trouble Delay Ths value determnes the number of vald checks (3-second nterval) requred before a telephone lne trouble s transmtted. Vald entres are for a trouble annuncaton of 3 to 765 Seconds (12 mnutes and 45 seconds). Ths also apples to the trouble restore delay. Test Transmsson Cycle Ths value determnes the perod between test transmssons for the land lne. Vald entres are [001]-[255]. [000] dsables the test transmsson. Ths nterval s n hours or days dependng on the programmng of secton [023] opton [4]. Wreless Devce/Module Low Battery Transmsson Delay (n days) When a wreless devce reports a low battery condton, the trouble condton s ndcated mmedately on the keypad. Transmsson of ths trouble condton to the montorng staton and loggng t to the event buffer s delayed by the number of days programmed n ths secton. If the user does not correct the low battery condton before the delay expres, the low battery condton s transmtted and logged. The Low Battery Restore transmsson s not delayed. The devce low battery condtons s logged at mdnght when the tmer expres. The delay must be wthn the range ( ) for CP-01 nstallatons. Proxmty Tag low battery condtons can only be cleared from the trouble menu by deletng the tag from the system. Delnquency Transmsson Delay The value n ths secton determnes the perod of tme that the delnquency event s postponed untl t s logged to the event buffer and transmtted. Ths value s n hours or days dependng on whether the delnquency event s for Actvty (hours) or Closng (days) as specfed n secton [380] opton [8]. Vald entres are [001]- [255]. [000] dsables the delnquency transmsson. Communcatons Cancel Wndow (CP-01 Only) After TX Delay expres and a zone alarm has been transmtted, the Cancel wndow begns. If an access code s entered durng ths wndow, a Communcatons Cancel reportng code s communcated and logged to the event buffer. If the Communcatons Cancel Wndow expres wthout an access code entered or a code s entered after the wndow, no log or communcaton occurs. [378] Test Transmsson Tme of Day Enter a 4-dgt tme usng the 24 hour clock format (HH:MM) to set the test transmsson tme of day. Vald entres are from 00 to 23 for the hours (HH) and 00 to 59 for the mnutes (MM). To dsable the test transmsson tme of day enter [9999] n ths secton. The tme programmed here must NOT be the same as the tme programmed for Daylght Savng. [380] Frst Communcator Optons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Communcator Enabled. The communcator s enabled and all events programmed to report wll transmt. Refer to the Telephone Number, Reportng Code and Call Drecton programmng sectons. OFF: Communcator Dsabled. The communcator s dsabled and events wll not be transmtted to the montorng staton. Downloadng may stll be performed wth the communcator dsabled. [2] ON: Restore Transmssons on Bell Tme-out. Zone restoral reportng codes are not transmtted untl the zone has been restored and the bell cut-off tme has expred. If the zone s not restored when the bell cut-off tme expres, the restore s transmtted when the zone physcally restores or when the system s dsarmed. OFF: Restore Transmssons Follow Zones. Zone restoral reportng codes are transmtted when the zone s physcally restored. If the zones are stll open when the system s dsarmed, the restore codes are transmtted when the system s dsarmed. 24 Hour zones wll not restore untl the zone s physcally restored regardless of how ths opton s confgured. [3] ON: Pulse Dalng. The system dals telephone numbers usng pulse (rotary) dalng. OFF: DTMF Dalng. The system dals telephone numbers usng touch tone (DTMF) dalng. [4]-[5] For Future Use [6] ON: Alternatng Backup Dalng Enabled. The communcator swtches to the next backup number n the sequence after each faled dalng attempt. Ths contnues untl communcatons are successful or the sequence has been repeated 5 tmes. OFF: Call Prmary Number, Backup to secondary numbers. If 5 attempts to communcate to the prmary telephone number fal, the communcator swtches to the next backup and makes up to 5 more attempts. If communcatons falure contnues the communcator wll attempt the second and thrd backup numbers f desgnated. 5-35
55 [381] Second Communcator Optons Code [382] Thrd Communcator Optons Code 5.3 Programmng Descrptons If all 5 attempts to the desgnated phone numbers fal, an FTC trouble for the prmary phone number s ntated and logged to the event buffer regardless of how ths opton s confgured. [7] For Future Use [8] ON: Delnquency Follows Zone Actvty (Actvty Delnquency). If there s no zone actvty, the Delnquency Transmsson Delay tmer n secton [377] begns countng n hours. When the counter reaches the programmed tme, the panel transmts the Delnquency Code, f programmed. If zone actvty s present on the system at any tme, the counter s reset. If ths opton s used, the Closng Delnquency opton s not avalable. Ths code s not transmtted for panels that are Away armed. Actvty on bypassed zones do not affect ths tmer. Ths tmer s reset when armed. OFF: Delnquency Follows Armng (Closng Delnquency). Ths reportng code s sent whenever the programmed number of days for delnquency has expred wthout the panel beng armed. The tmer for ths feature s programmed n secton [377]. The value programmed n ths secton determnes the number of days the panel counts when not beng armed before sendng the delnquency reportng code to the central staton. Once ths code s sent, the tmer s not started agan untl the panel has been armed. Ths feature s dsabled by programmng 000 n secton [377]. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Openng After Alarm Keypad Rng-back Enabled. When the Openng After Alarm reportng code s successfully transmtted, the keypad sounds a seres of 8 beeps to confrm that the Openng After Alarm code was sent and receved. Ths rng-back occurs for each Openng After Alarm code successfully reported. OFF: Openng After Alarm Keypad Rng-back Dsabled. The keypad does not rng back when an openng after alarm s successfully transmtted. [2] For Future Use [3] ON: SIA Sends Programmed Rep. Codes. When ths opton s ON and there s a vald reportng code programmed n the reportng code secton, the programmed reportng code s transmtted. If FF or 00 s programmed as a reportng code, the event s not communcated. OFF: SIA Sends Automatc Rep. Codes. When ths opton s OFF the panel wll transmt SIA automatc reportng codes. If the reportng code s programmed as 01-FE or FF the assocated automatc reportng codes are transmtted. Ths opton s used when a dfferent reportng code s requred (.e., Resdental Dal, etc). If 00 s programmed, reportng for the event s dsabled. Refer to Appendx A: Reportng Code Formats. Reportng Code Entry Opton ON Opton OFF 00 No Transmsson No Transmsson FF No Transmsson Auto Rep Code sent 01-FE 01-FE sent Auto Rep Code sent [4] ON: Closng Confrmaton Enabled. When a Closng reportng code s successfully transmtted, the keypad sounds a seres of 8 beeps to confrm that the Closng code was sent and receved. OFF: Closng Confrmaton Dsabled. No keypad rng-back occurs when a Closng reportng code s successfully transmtted. [5] [6] For Future Use [7] ON: Contact I.D. Uses Programmed Reportng Codes. The Contact I.D. communcatons format uses programmed reportng codes when transmttng to the central staton. OFF: Contact I.D. Uses Automatc Reportng Codes. The Contact I.D. communcatons format uses the automatc reportng codes as shown n Appendx A when transmttng to the central staton. [8] For Future Use Opton Descrpton [1] For Future Use [2] ON: Zone Alarms Communcate durng Walk Test Enabled. Zone alarms that occur durng the walk test wll communcate f programmed to do so. OFF: Zone Alarms Communcate durng Walk Test Dsabled. Zone alarms that occur durng the walk test wll not communcate even f programmed to do so. [3] ON: Communcatons Cancelled Message Enabled. The Communcatons Cancelled message s dsplayed f alarms are acknowledged durng the Transmsson Delay tme. Ths message s dsplayed for 5 seconds. OFF: Communcatons Cancelled Message Dsabled. The Communcatons Cancelled message s not dsplayed. [4] ON: Call Watng Cancel Enabled. The call watng dalng strng programmed n secton [304] s daled before the frst attempt of each phone number. All subsequent dalng attempts to the same phone number wll not use the call watng cancel dalng strng. OFF: Call Watng Cancel Dsabled. The call watng dalng strng wll not be daled. [5] ON: GPRS/Ethernet Module Enabled. PC-lnk support for DLS s dsabled when ths feature s ON. GPRS/Ethernet Module commands n accordance wth the current revson of the T-lnk Protocol are enabled for GS module support. OFF: GPRS/Ethernet Module Dsabled. PC-Lnk support for DLS s enabled when ths feature s OFF. Ths ncludes auto-detect PC-Lnk. The GPRS/Ethernet commands are also dsabled. 5-36
56 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [6] ON: AC Falure Communcaton Delay n Hours. The System AC Falure Communcaton Delay n secton [377] s programmed n hours. OFF: AC Falure Communcaton Delay n Mnutes. The System AC Falure Communcaton Delay n secton [377] s programmed n mnutes. [7] ON: Number of Dalng Attempts for Resdental Dal Communcaton Format. Number of dalng attempts s 1 when usng the Resdental Dal Communcaton format. OFF: Number of Dalng Attempts for Resdental Dal Communcaton Format. Resdental Dal follows the Dalng Attempt counter. [8] For Future Use [383] Fourth Communcator Optons Code Opton Descrpton [1] For Future Use [2] ON: Phone number 2 Back-Up for Phone number 1 Enabled. Phone number 2 wll back-up for phone number 1 f phone number 1 fals to communcate (FTC). Phone number 2 communcates n the same format as phone number 1. OFF: Phone number 2 Back-Up for Phone number 1 Dsabled. Phone number 2 does NOT back up phone number 1. Events are communcated to phone number 2 (f enabled n Communcator Call Drecton, secton [351]-[376]), usng the communcator format programmed n secton [350]. [3] ON: Phone number 3 Back-Up for Phone number 2 Enabled. Phone number 3 wll back-up for phone number 2 f phone number 2 fals to communcate (FTC). Phone number 3 communcates n the same format as phone number 2. OFF: Phone number 3 Back-Up for Phone number 2 Dsabled. Phone number 3 does NOT back up phone number 2. Events are communcated to phone number 3 (f enabled n Communcator Call Drecton, secton [351]-[376]), usng the communcator format programmed n secton [350]. [4] ON: Phone number 4 Back-Up for Phone number 3 Enabled. Phone number 4 wll back-up for phone number 3 f phone number 3 fals to communcate (FTC). Phone number 4 communcates n the same format as phone number 3. OFF: Phone number 4 Back-Up for Phone number 3 Dsabled. Phone number 4 does NOT back up phone number 3. Events are communcated to phone number 4 (f enabled n Communcator Call Drecton, secton [351]-[376]), usng the communcator format programmed n secton [350]. [5] ON: Communcatons Enabled for FTC Events. The panel transmts Falure to Communcate (FTC) events f the dgtal communcator s unsuccessful n communcatng wth any of the programmed telephone numbers. The FTC trouble/restore reportng code s transmtted va the correspondng event call drecton. OFF: Communcatons Dsabled for FTC Events. FTC events wll not be transmtted. FTC trouble/restore reportng codes are transmtted va the Mantenance call drecton group after the next successful transmsson. [6] ON: Account Code Error Checkng Enabled. Enablng ths opton ensures that a new account code s programmed. Upon attemptng to ext Installer Programmng, the panel checks f a phone number s programmed n sectons [301], [302], [303] and [305]. If a phone number s programmed n any of these sectons, the panel checks f the format s resdental dal n secton [350]. If the format s resdental dal, the check process s aborted. If the format s anythng but resdental dal, the panel checks that the system account code has been changed from the default (FFFFFF) or has been programmed wth an nvald entry (0000XX or FFFFXX). If the account code has not been programmed when the nstaller attempts to ext Installer Programmng: The system turns on the trouble LED and sounds an error tone for 10 seconds. The prompt Account Code Not Programmed[] s dsplayed on the keypad. If the 10 second error tone expres, the system remans n Installer Programmng untl the account code s changed from the default value of FFFFFF. If the account code has been programmed, the panel operates normally. OFF: Account Code Error Checkng Dsabled. Upon extng Installer s mode, the panel does not check the account code. [7] For Future Use [8] For Future Use [389] GPRS/Ethernet Fault Check Tmer The programmed number of poll commands that must be sent wthout vald poll responses before the panel generates a trouble condton. The number of vald checks happen at 3-second ntervals. After the tme-out an Ethernet or GPRS fault trouble s generated. Vald entres are for trouble annuncaton and transmsson. The trouble restore s delayed n the same manner as well. [401] Frst Downloadng Opton Code Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Downloadng Answer Enabled. The system answers calls for downloadng f a successful double call routne s detected. Have the downloadng computer call the system and let the telephone lne rng once or twce. After 1 or 2 rngs, hang up. If called back wthn the tme programmed n secton [405] Double Call Tmer, the panel wll answer on the frst rng. OFF: Downloadng Answer Dsabled. The system does not answer ncomng calls usng the double call routne unless the DLS wndow s enabled. Ths feature also controls the DLS wndow for GPRS/Ethernet module. [2] ON: User Can Enable DLS Wndow. The user can enter [][6][Master Code][5] to enable a 6-hour wndow for the panel to answer calls for downloadng, f a successful double call routne s detected. If ths opton s enabled, the wndow s open on power up. OFF: User Can Not Enable DLS Wndow. The user cannot enable a wndow for DLS calls. Optons 1 and 2 are not related. One does not need to be enabled for the other to perform ts functon. [3] ON: Call-Back Enabled. When the system answers the downloadng computer s call, the computer and the panel hang up. The panel then calls the downloadng telephone number and connects wth the computer. If more than one downloadng computer s used dsable ths functon. 5-37
57 If no phone number s programmed n secton [402], the panel wll termnate the DLS sesson and wll not call back. [402] Downloadng Computer s Telephone Number Ths phone number enables the control panel to call the downloadng computer for DLS call back or user ntated call up. Ths telephone number s 32 dgts n length (see secton [301] for phone number programmng detals). 5.3 Programmng Descrptons OFF: Call-Back Dsabled. The downloadng computer has mmedate access to the panel f t s dentfed as a vald downloadng computer. [4] ON: User Call-Up Enabled. When ths feature s enabled, the user may ntate a sngle call attempt to the downloadng telephone number by enterng [][6][Master Code][6]. OFF: User Call-Up Dsabled. An error tone s generated when [][6][Master Code][6] s entered. [5] For Future Use [6] ON: 300 Baud Panel Call-Up. The panel connects and sends the ntal header at 300 baud when the user ntates a DLS connecton. OFF: 110 Baud Panel Call-Up. The panel connects and sends the ntal header at 110 baud when the user ntates a DLS connecton. The panel wll then swtch to 300 baud n order to receve the response from the DLS computer. [7] For Future Use [8] ON: Alternate Communcator DLS Always. The panel responds to DLS requests through the Alternate Communcator IP or GSM paths, regardless of whether the DLS wndow s actve or not. If an ncorrect DLS Access Code has been detected 5 consecutve tmes when tryng to establsh a connecton, alternate communcator DLS access s locked out for 1 hour. Default s OFF. OFF: Alternate Communcator Follows DLS Wndow. The panel only respond to DLS requests through the alternate communcator IP or GSM paths when the DLS wndow s actve. The DLS wndow s actve followng a power up of the control panel or when the user enables t by pressng [5] whle n the [][6] User Functons menu. Default s ON. DLS operaton va PSTN s unaffected by ths feature. [403] Downloadng Access Code Ths 6-dgt Hexadecmal code allows the panel to confrm that t s communcatng wth a vald downloadng computer. The default for the PC9155 s The DLS operator s allowed three attempts to connect usng the correct downloadng access code after connectng to the DLS computer. After three attempts have been made, the DLS wll dsconnect and a new communcatons attempt must be made. Three more attempts to program the control panel s DLS access code can be made. If GPRS/Ethernet paths are beng used for the DLS connecton, after three nvald DLS access codes the panel wll Lock Out DLS for one hour. Ths s to deter multple attempts to determne the DLS access code. [404] Panel Identfcaton Code Ths 6-dgt hexadecmal code allows the downloadng computer to confrm the dentty of the control panel durng user ntated call-up and call-back. The default for the PC9155 s [405] Double-Call Tmer Ths tmer sets the amount of tme that can be taken between calls when usng double call to contact the panel. Vald entres are 001 to 255 (seconds). [406] Number of Rngs to Answer On The value n ths secton determnes how many rngs the panel wll automatcally pck up on n order to establsh a DLS connecton. The default value s 000 rngs. Vald entres are [000]-[020]. If both secton [401] opton [1] and secton [406] are enabled, ether one wll work dependng on how the nstaller calls the premses. [499] Intate PC-LINK Communcatons A PC-LINK DLS sesson between a computer and control panel can be ntated by enterng ths secton as descrbed below: [499][Installers Code][499]. The PC-Lnk cable must be properly connected between the panels header and the downloadng computer and the DLS fle must be watng for the panel to connect before enterng ths command. PC-Lnk and Communcaton tasks are separate. The PC9155 performs land lne communcatons wthout affectng PC-lnk communcatons to DLS. The panel can NOT perform GPRS/Ethernet communcatons at the same tme as land lne communcatons. [501]-[502] Programmable Output Attrbutes The followng attrbutes can be enabled or dsabled for each PGM output. When a PGM opton s changed, the correspondng PGM attrbutes are defaulted. Opton Descrpton The followng attrbutes are avalable for PGM Output Types [01], [05]-[08] and [17]-[18] [1]-[2] For Future Use [3] Output Level ON: Output actvates (swtch to Ground) when the event occurs. OFF: Output de-actvates (swtch to open) when the event occurs. 5-38
58 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [4] Output Optons ON: Output Pulsed. When usng [][7], the output actvates for the duraton programmed n the PGM output tmer, secton [170]. OFF: Output On/Off. The output toggles between on and off when the correspondng [][7] command s entered. The followng attrbute s avalable only for PGM Output Types [11] and [19]-[20]. [5] Access Code Optons On: Access code requred for actvaton. Off: No access code requred for actvaton. The followng attrbutes are avalable for the System Trouble PGM opton [09] System Trouble PGM (Type 09) [1] Servce Requred [2] A.C. Falure [3] Telephone Lne Fault [4] Communcatons (Falure to Communcate) [5] Devce (Fre) Fault / WLS Zone Supervsory Fault Enabled [6] Devce Tamper [7] Devce Low Battery [8] Loss of Clock The followng attrbutes are avalable for the System Event PGM opton [10] System Event PGM (Type 10) [1] Burglary Delay, Instant, Interor, Stay/Away, Nght, and 24 Hour Burglary Zone Types [2] Fre Key, Fre zone [3] Panc Key and Panc zones [4] Medcal Key, Medcal, and Emergency zones [5] Supervsory Supervsory, Auxlary, Freeze, and Water zones [6] Prorty Gas, CO, 24-Hour Heat and 24-Hour Latchng Tamper zones [7] Duress Duress alarms [8] Output Optons ON: Output Follows PGM Tmer (Attrbute 8). The output actvates for the duraton programmed for the PGM output tmer (secton [170]) OFF = Output s Latched. The output s actve untl a vald access code s entered. If a system event PGM s programmed to follow the command output tmer (Attrbute 8 On), all other PGM attrbutes must be enabled. [591]-[592] Inactvty Tmers Inactvty tmers are used to create two wndows to montor 24-Hour. non-alarm zone actvty. They are [591] Inactvty Tmer 1 Start, Inactvty Tmer 1 End, [592] Inactvty Tmer 2 Start, and Inactvty Tmer 2 End. Enter two 4-dgt decmal numbers n these two sectons. Vald entres for each 4-dgt decmal entry are 0000 to Enter 9999 to dsable. The Faled to Arm reportng code wll follow the alarms and restorals call drectons. [600] 2-way Audo Control Optons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Tampers Enabled. The Talk/Lsten-n sesson ntates for tamper condtons OFF: Tampers Dsabled. 2-way Audo s dsabled for tamper condtons [2] ON: Openngs and Closngs Enabled. The Talk/Lsten-n sesson ntates for Openngs & Closngs events OFF: Openngs and Closngs Dsabled. 2-way Audo s dsable for Openngs & Closngs events [3] ON: [A] Key Alarm Enabled. The Talk/Lsten-n sesson ntates for [A] Key Alarm OFF: [A] Key Alarm Dsabled. 2-way Audo s dsabled for [A] Key Alarm [4] ON: [P] Key Alarm Enabled. The Talk/Lsten n sesson ntates for [P] Key Alarm OFF: [P] Key Alarm Dsabled. The Talk/Lsten n sesson s dsabled for [P] Key Alarm [5] ON: Duress Alarm Enabled (Lsten). The Lsten-n sesson ntates for Duress Alarm OFF: Duress Alarm Dsabled. 2-Way Audo s dsabled for Duress Alarm [6] ON: Openng after Alarm Enabled. The Talk/Lsten-n sesson ntates for Openng After Alarm OFF: Openng after Alarm Dsabled. 2-Way Audo s dsabled for Openng After Alarm [7] ON: Sren Actve durng 2-way Audo. The sounder wll reman actve durng a 2-way Audo sesson when an audble alarm s present OFF: Sren Slent durng 2-way Audo. The sounder s slent when a 2-way audo sesson begns and when an audble alarm s present, allowng the user to hear the operator. The sounder resumes operaton for the tme-out duraton f the panel has not been dsarmed at the end of the 2-way sesson. [8] For Future Use [609] Module Tamper Reportng Codes Ths secton s used for programmng keypad/sren tamper reportng codes. A value of 00 can be entered to dsable ndvdual reportng codes. 5-39
59 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [610] Alternate Communcator Recever Trouble Reportng Codes Ths secton s used for programmng alternate communcator recever trouble reportng codes. A value of 00 can be entered to dsable ndvdual reportng codes. [700] Automatc Clock Adjust The value entered here adds or subtracts seconds at the end of each day to compensate for naccuraces n the system tme. Vald entres are wth 60 seconds beng the default. Montor the tme lost by the panel over a perod of tme to determne the average value requred for ths secton. Example: Panel loses an average of 9 seconds a day. Instead of loadng 60 seconds for the last mnute of each day, program the panel to load 51 seconds wth the use of secton [700]. Ths wll speed up the panel by 9 seconds everyday, thereby fxng the problem. [701] Frst Internatonal Optons Code Opton Descrpton [1] ON: 50 Hz AC. The ncomng AC power cycles at 50 Hz. OFF: 60 Hz AC. The ncomng AC power cycles at 60 Hz. [2] ON: The tme base s the nternal crystal oscllator. The nternal crystal s used for the tme base nstead of AC power. OFF: The tme base s the AC power nput. The 50 or 60 Hz AC power s used for the tme base. [3] ON: AC/DC Armng Inhbt wth Battery Check Enabled. When an AC or battery trouble s present, the system wll not arm. Ths ncludes keypad, keyswtch, No Actvty Armng and downloadng armng. OFF: Armng not Inhbted. The system can be armed, wth an AC trouble or Battery trouble present. System battery s not checked upon armng. [4] ON: System Tampers Requre Installer Reset and Inhbt Armng. If any system tamper condton occurs, the Installer code must be entered ([][8][Installer Code]) and the tamper condton must be restored before the system can be armed. Ths also ncludes no-actvty armng and keyswtch. OFF: System Tampers Do Not Requre Installer Reset. If any system tamper condton occurs, nstaller reset s not requred. [5] ON: 6-dgt Access Codes. All access codes on the system must be 6 dgts n length. If ths opton s selected, 2 dgts are added to the end of each code, the frst 4 dgts of the exstng codes wll reman programmed. System Master Code = XXXX56 Installer Code = YYYY55 Access Codes 1-16 = ZZZZ00 OFF: 4-dgt Access Codes. All access codes on the system are 4 dgts n length except the Panel I.D. code and the Downloadng Access code, whch are always 6 dgts. For any exstng codes, the last 2 dgts are removed. [6] ON: Busy Tone Detecton Enabled. If a busy tone s detected, the panel wll hang-up and attempt to communcate followng the Delay Between Dalng Attempts. OFF: Busy Tone Detecton Dsabled. The communcator wll use the standard dalng procedure for every communcaton attempt regardless of a busy lne. [7]-[8] For Future Use [702] Second Internatonal Optons Code Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Pulse Dalng Make/Break Rato s 33/67. Ths rato s used for Europe. OFF: Pulse Dalng Make/Break Rato s 40/60. Ths rato s used n North Amerca. [2] ON: Force Dalng Enabled. If the frst communcaton attempt made by the panel fals, on every subsequent attempt the panel wll dal regardless of the presence of a dal tone. The panel wll go off-hook, search for a dal tone for 5 seconds, hang-up for 20 seconds, go off-hook, search for dal tone for 5 seconds, and then dal (assumng no presence of dal tone). OFF: Force Dalng Dsabled. The panel does not dal the programmed telephone number f the dal tone s not present. [3] For Future Use [4] ON: 1600 Hz Handshake. The communcator responds to a 1600 Hz handshake for pulse formats. OFF: Standard Handshake. The communcator responds to the handshake desgnated by the pulse format selected (1400 or 2300Hz). [5] ON: I.D. Tone Enabled. After the telephone number s daled, the panel emts a tone (as specfed by opton 6) for 500ms every two seconds to ndcate that t s a dgtal equpment call, not voce. OFF: I.D. Tone Dsabled. The panel does not emt a tone. [6] ON: 2100 Hz I.D. Tone. A 2100Hz ID tone s used for opton [5] above. OFF: 1300 Hz I.D. Tone. A 1300Hz ID tone s used for opton [5] above. [7]-[8] For Future Use [703] Delay Between Dalng Attempts For standard (force) dalng, the panel wll go off-hook, search for a dal tone for 5 seconds, and hang up for 20 seconds. Ths programmable tmer adds a delay before the next call s attempted, and s defaulted to 003 to make a total of 8 seconds before the panel makes the next dalng attempt.t If ths value s 00 or FF, the default wll be 8 seconds (3 programmable, plus the 5 second delay), otherwse t uses the programmed value. 5-40
60 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [800] Door Chme Optons for Zones 1-34 Keypads and ndoor srens can annuncate one of four dfferent door chme tones for each zone on the system. Each secton contans the followng chme optons: Enable one door chme opton for each zone. If more than one opton s enabled, the hghest numercal opton enabled takes precedence. For example: If optons 3 and 1 are both enabled, then the zone wll sound opton 3 Dng-Dong. If all door chme optons are dsabled, the keypad/sren wll not sound a door chme tone for that partcular zone. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Standard Door Chme Enabled. Tradtonal door chme tone found on other DSC keypads (6 quck beeps) OFF: Standard Door Chme Dsabled. [2] ON: Bng-Bong Door Chme Enabled. OFF: Bng-Bong Door Chme Dsabled. [3] ON: Dng-Dong Door Chme Enabled. OFF: Dng-Dong Chme Dsabled. [4] ON: 4-second Alarm Tone Door Chme Enabled. The keypad/sren wll sound a medum volume alarm sgnal for 4 seconds. OFF: 4-second Alarm Tone Door Chme Dsabled. [5]-[8] For Future Use [804]-[001]-[032] Wreless Devce Seral Number These sectons are for manual enrollment of wreless devce seral numbers (ESN). See [804][101]-[116] for one-way and two-way wreless key enrollment. See [804][201]-[204] for two-way keypad enrollment. See [804][301]-[304] for two-way sren enrollment. Ths s a 6-dgt (one-way) or 8-dgt (2-way) entry. For togglng entres between decmal and hexadecmal values, press []. One-way Devces Two-way Devces The frst dgt of a 6-dgt seral number for one-way devces dentfes the type of devce as ndcated below: The frst dgt of an 8-dgt seral number for two-way devces s 2. The second dgt dentfes the type of devce as follows: 2 Door/Wndow Contact or Flood Sensor 20 Wreless Keypad 3 PIR or Glass Break Detector 21 Wreless Keypad wth Proxmty Tag Detector 4 Smoke Detector 22 Future Use 5 Panc Pendant 23 Wreless Indoor Sren 6 Wreless Keys 8 Carbon Monoxde Detector 24 Wreless Outdoor Sren 9 Wreless Keys 25 Wreless two-way Key Leadng 00s must be entered for one-way wreless devces wth sx-dgt seral numbers (E.g. SN must be entered as ). [804][081] Wreless Supervsory Wndow Ths entry s used to program the length of tme a wreless devce must be absent from the system before a fault s generated. The wreless supervsory wndow s calculated by multplyng the programmed value by 15 mnutes. Vald entres are 04 to 96 whch correlates to 1 to 24 hours. The default value for North Amerca s 96 (24 hours) and 08 (2 hours) for Europe. Ths tmer may run the programmed tme plus up to the number of mnutes programmed n ths secton. For example, the European default s 2 hours, but the actual tme could be as long as 2 hours and 8 mnutes. The North Amercan default s 24 hours, but the actual tme could be as long as 25 hours and 36 mnutes. UL fre lstngs requre a 4 Hr settng (4 Hrs = 16, 16x15 mnutes) [804][082]-[085] Zone Transmtter Supervson Optons Program these sectons f the zone transmtter wll be supervsed. All zones are enabled for supervson by default. DSC does NOT recommend supervson of panc pendants, because they may be removed from the premses. [804][101]-[116] Wreless Key Seral Number These sectons are used to enter the wreless key seral numbers. Each 2-way seral number s an 8-dgt hexadecmal entry. To toggle entres between decmal and hexadecmal values, press []. One-way seral numbers are 6-dgts. 00 must be added to the start of a 6-dgt seral number. 5-41
61 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [804][141]-[156] Wreless Key Functon Key Optons Up to 6 unque functons can be programmed for each wreless key. Each secton requres four 2-dgt entres. The followng table descrbes each programmable functon. Entry Descrpton DSC Wreless Key 00 Null Key (Key Not Used) YES 03 Stay Arm YES 04 Away Arm YES 05 [][9] No-Entry Arm [][9] No-Entry Arm can be used f the wreless key beng used s dentfed. 06 [][4] Chme On / Off YES 13 Command Output 1 [][7][1] [][7][1] commands can be used wth an access code f the wreless keys are dentfed. 14 Command Output 2 [][7][2] [][7][2] commands can be used wth an access code f the wreless keys are dentfed. 16 [][0] Quck Ext YES 17 [][1] Reactvate Stay/Away Zones YES 25 Instant Stay Arm YES 27 Dsarm (Off) Dsarmng can be used wth an access code, as long as the wreless keys are dentfed. 29 Auxlary Alarm YES 30 Panc Alarm YES 33 Nght Arm YES [804][181]-[182] Wreless Key Enable/Dsable These sectons enable each ndvdual key enrolled on the system. The keys are all enabled on the system by default. [804][201]-[204] Wreless Keypad Seral Number These sectons are used to enter the wreless keypad seral numbers. The number s an 8-dgt hexadecmal entry. To toggle between decmal and hexadecmal value entres, press []. [804][301]-[304] Wreless Sren Seral Number These sectons are used to enter the wreless sren seral numbers. The number s an 8-dgt hexadecmal entry. To toggle between decmal and hexadecmal value entres, press []. [804][311]-[314] Wreless Sren Optons for Srens 1-4 Each secton contans the followng 8 optons: Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Sren Enabled. The WT49X1 shall actvate at full volume for fre, burglary, and CO alarm condtons. Ths opton shall also enable walk test and system test ndcatons for WT49X1 modules, and placement test, walk test, and system test ndcatons for WT4911 modules. OFF: Sren Dsabled. The WT49X1 wll not actvate for fre, burglary, CO Alarm, walk test or system test ndcatons. Placement test wll stll be sounded by WT4901 modules. [2] ON: Buzzer Notfcatons Enabled. The sren wll actvate audble sgnals for entry/ext delays, and 24 hour buzzer zone alarms. Ths may be desrable for ndoor srens, but not outdoor srens. OFF: Buzzer Notfcatons Dsabled. Audble sgnals wll not be sent. [3] ON: Door Chme Enabled. The sren wll actvate for door chme condtons. OFF: Door Chme Dsabled. The sren wll not be actvated for door chme condtons. [4] ON: Trouble Beeps Enabled. The sren wll actvate for trouble beep condtons. Trouble beeps are sounded untl any key on the keypad s pressed or untl all trouble condtons are restored. Ths s ntended for ndoor srens, but not outdoor srens or srens that are mounted n a sleepng area. Off: Trouble Beeps Dsabled. The sren wll not actvate for trouble beeps. [5] ON: Bell Squawks Enabled. The sren wll actvate programmed bell squawk condtons (e.g., armng, dsarmng, dsarmng wth alarms n memory). Ths may be desrable for outdoor srens, but not ndoor srens. These squawks are sounded at full alarm volume. OFF: Bell Squawks Dsabled. The sren wll not actvate for bell squawk condtons. [6] ON: Strobe Enabled. The strobe wll actvate for alarms, placement test, walk test, system test and arm/dsarm squawk ndcatons. The strobe can be used to dentfy a system alarm before enterng the premses. OFF: Strobe Dsabled. The strobe wll not be actvated. [7] ON: Buzzer Alarm / Strobe Follows Bell Tme Out. Indoor Sren - If the ndoor sren s set for buzzer notfcatons (opton 2), buzzer alarms, such as 24 Hr buzzer zone types are shut off after they have been actve for the duraton of BTO. Outdoor sren: If the strobe s enabled on the outdoor sren (opton 6), the strobe wll shut off once the sren s shut off at the end of the bell duraton. OFF: Buzzer Alarms / Strobe Follows Alarm Condton. Indoor sren - The sren wll sound the buzzer alarm untl the alarm condton has been acknowledged (slenced) at the keypad. Outdoor sren: The strobe wll contnue untl an access code has been entered at a system keypad, or a successful dsarmng request has been servced. [8] ON: Sren Tamper Enabled. Tamper condtons from the sren wll generate a tamper trouble. The panel wll log and communcate the event. OFF: Sren Tamper Dsabled. Tamper condtons from the sren wll not generate a tamper trouble. The panel wll log and communcate the event. If a sren tamper condton s present n [ ][2], turnng off ths opton shall clear the trouble from the system. Ths opton must be Off for CP-01 complance. 5-42
62 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [804][320] Global Sren Optons When these optons are enabled or dsabled, they affect all wreless srens on the system. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Tamper Whle Dsarmed Actvates Sren / Strobe. When the system s n a dsarmed state, a tamper condton from any enrolled sren causes the system srens and strobes to actvate. OFF: Tamper Whle Dsarmed Doesn t Actvate Sren / Strobe. When the system s n a dsarmed state, a tamper condton from any enrolled sren wll not cause the system srens and strobes to actvate. [2] ON: Pre-Alarm Sgnal Enabled. When the system begns entry delay the entry delay tme s sent to the wreless sren. If the wreless sren does not receve a dsarm command durng the entry delay tme, the sren wll go nto alarm. OFF: Pre-Alarm Sgnal Dsabled. When the system begns entry delay no entry delay tme s sent to the wreless sren. The sren wll not go nto alarm untl t receves a sgnal from the panel to tell t to go nto alarm. [3]-[8] For Future Use [804][330] WT4911 Maxmum Bell Actvaton Tme Ths value determnes the maxmum tme the wreless bell/sren wll sound before automatcally turnng off. [804][900] General Wreless Optons When these optons are enabled or dsabled, they affect all wreless devces on the system. Opton Descrpton [1]-[6] For Future Use [7] ON: RF Jam Dsabled. RF Jam condtons wll NOT be detected, dsplayed and communcated. OFF: RF Jam Enabled. RF Jam condtons wll be detected, dsplayed and communcated. [8] For Future Use [851] GPRS/Ethernet Module Programmng Refer to the assocated manual for programmng detals. [898] Wreless Devce Enrolment See Chapter 2 for detals. [899] Template Programmng See Chapter 4 for detals. [900] Alarm System Verson When ths secton s entered the verson of the panel s dsplayed as a 4-dgt decmal entry. E.g., The entry 1234 = Verson Ths s a read-only value. [904] Wreless Module Placement Test See Chapter 2 for detals. [905] Wreless Keypad Placement Test See Chapter 2 for detals. [906] Wreless Sren Placement Test See Chapter 2 for detals. [990] Installer Lockout Enable Ths feature s desgned to prevent nstallers other than the orgnal from resettng the panel. If enabled, the panel gves a dstnctve audble ndcaton on power up (the phone lne relay wll clck 10 tmes). If a hardware default s attempted whle lockout s enabled, the default does not occur and the false default attempt s logged to the event buffer. Ths feature has no effect on a software default (all programmng returns to the factory defaults). [991] Installer Lockout Dsable Ths secton dsables the Installer Lockout feature descrbed above. [992] TL/GS Module Label Broadcast Ths secton allows the nstaller to broadcast the partton and zone labels stored n the panel to the GPRS/Ethernet module SMS label programmng sectons. Press * to boradcast the labels or # to ext the secton. An error tone s sounded f the GPRS/Ethernet module s dsabled (secton [382] opton 5) or s not present. Note: Ths feature s only avalable on WT5500 v1.1 and up keypads. [998] Restore Panel Default Programmng All programmng n the PC9155 returns to the factory defaults, except for the Wreless Devce Programmng sectons. [999] Restore Factory Default Programmng All programmng, ncludng wreless devce programmng, returns to the factory defaults. 5-43
63 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [] Keypad Programmng To enter Keypad Programmng press [][8][Installer Code][]. Keypad sectons requre 3-dgt entres and only affect the keypad used to program them. [000] Local Keypad Functon Key Programmng Ths secton s accessed by enterng [][000] from Installer Programmng. Ths secton s used to program the keypad functon keys. Enter dgts 1 to 5 to select the functon key (F1-F5) to be programmed followed by a 2-dgt entry to assgn a functon to the key. The system wll return to the key selecton screen (n secton [000]). Changes to ths programmng secton affect only the keypad used to program the changes. Functon Key Optons Functon keys must be held for 2 seconds to perform the descrbed functon. Functon keys wll only perform the ntended functon f the system s not busy. Pressng functon keys programmed wth opton numbers desgnated For Future Use causes the keypad to dsplay Functon Not Avalable and sound an error tone. 00 Null Key: (Not Used) The key does not perform any functon or gve any acknowledgement beeps when pressed For Future Use 03 Stay Arm: The system arms wth all Stay/Away and Nght zones auto-bypassed even f delay zones are volated durng the ext delay. Ths key only works whle the system s dsarmed, or armed n the Away mode. The panel logs Armed n Stay Mode for ths closng type. If there are no Stay/ Away zone types programmed on the system, the system arms n Away mode, and the panel logs Armed n Away Mode. 04 Away Arm: The system arms wth all Stay/Away and Nght zones actve even f no delay zones are volated durng the ext delay. Ths key only works whle the system s dsarmed, armed n the Stay or Nght Mode, or durng the Ext Delay durng Away Armng. The panel logs Armed n Away Mode for ths closng type. 05 No-Entry Arm [][9]: After pressng ths key, entry of a vald access code s requred. The system arms wth No Entry on Delay zones and all Stay/ Away and Nght zones are auto-bypassed even f delay zones are volated durng the ext delay. The ext delay s slent for ths armng type. Ths key can be used n the armed or dsarmed state to allow the user to turn Entry Delay on and off. Entry of a vald access code s requred after pressng ths key to perform the functon when the system s dsarmed. 06 Chme ON/OFF [][4]: Ths key enables (3 beeps) and dsables (steady tone) the chme. It functons smlarly to enterng [][4]. Ths key functons when the system s armed or dsarmed. 07 For Future Use 08 Bypass Mode [][1]: Pressng ths key puts the keypad n the Zone Bypass mode. It s smlar to enterng [][1] whle dsarmed. If an access code s requred for bypassng (Secton [015] Opton [5]), the user must press the functon key to enter bypass mode then enter the access code before entry s permtted. Ths key only works whle the system s dsarmed For Future Use 13 Command Output #1 [][7][1]: Pressng ths key s the equvalent of enterng [][7][1] to actvate the assocated PGM. An access code may be requred before the output s actvated, dependng on attrbute 5 of the output. Ths key works whether the system s armed or dsarmed. 14 Command Output #2 [][7][2]: Pressng ths key s the equvalent of enterng [][7][2] to actvate the assocated PGM. An access code may be requred before the output s actvated, dependng on attrbute 5 of the output. Ths key works whether the system s armed or dsarmed. 15 For Future Use 16 Quck Ext [][0]: Pressng ths key performs the Quck Ext functon and s the same as enterng [][0] whle armed. Ths key only works whle the system s armed. The Quck Ext feature must be enabled (secton [015] Opton [3]). 17 Actvate Stay/Away Zones [][1]: Pressng ths key removes (or re-enables) the automatc bypass on all Stay/Away zones on the system. It s the same as enterng [][1] whle armed. If Nght zones are programmed, the system arms n nght mode f ths key s pressed whle stay armed. If no Nght zones are programmed, the system arms n Away mode. The panel logs the approprate armng log to the event buffer. If armed n Nght or Away mode, ths key swtches the system back to Stay mode. Pressng ths key does not swtch the system from Nght to Away. Ths key only works when the system s armed For Future Use 25 Instant Stay Arm: Ths feature operates smlarly to the Stay armng functon key except for the followng: When ths functon key s pressed for 2 seconds, no acknowledgement beeps are sounded, there s no ext delay, and the system arms mmedately. The panel logs Armed n Stay Mode for ths closng type. If no Stay/Away zone types are programmed on the system, the system arms n Away mode wth an audble ext delay (for the duraton programmed n secton [005]), and the panel logs Armed n Away Mode. Note: Ths functon key should not be used on CP-01 panels For Future Use 33 Nght Arm: The system arms wth Nght zones auto-bypassed even f delay zones are volated durng the ext delay. Ths key only works whle the system s dsarmed or armed n the Stay Mode. The panel logs Armed n Nght Mode for ths closng type. If no Nght zone types are programmed on the system, the system arms n Away mode wth an audble ext delay (for the duraton programmed n secton [005]), and the panel logs Armed n Away Mode. The functon key must be pressed for 2 seconds. No acknowledgement beeps are sounded and the ext delay s slent. 5-44
64 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [001]-[069], [100]-[125] Label Programmng Zone and other labels n these sectons can be customzed. Default labels are n Englsh and do not change when an alternate language s selected. Labels can be programmed locally or downloaded/uploaded usng DLS and Connect 24 nteractve software. 1. Enter the secton number of the desred label to be programmed. 2. Scroll to the desred character s locaton usng the <> Keys. 3. Enter the number of the correspondng character group untl the desred character s dsplayed. 4. Example: Press the 2 key 3 tmes to enter the letter F. Press the 2 key 4 tmes to enter the number 2. Press [ ] to access the label programmng optons. Press [ ] to select the opton. [074] Frst Keypad Optons Press [<] [>] [ ] [#] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] To Enter/Dsplay Dsplay Left (Prevous character poston) Dsplay Rght (Next character poston) [SELECT] [ESCAPE] [SPACE] [A], [B], [C], [1] [D], [E], [F], [2] [G], [H], [I], [3] [J], [K], [L], [4] [M], [N], [O], [5] [P], [Q], [R], [6] [S], [T], [U], [7] [V], [W], [X], [8] [Y], [Z], [9], [0] SAVE - Saves the new label. If save s not selected before leavng the label programmng secton, the changes wll be lost. CHANGE CASE - Ths opton toggles the letter entry between upper case letters (A, B, C) and lower case letters (a, b, c). ASCII ENTRY - Ths opton s for enterng uncommon characters, or as a prmary method for programmng labels. 255 character entres are avalable, although some entres are duplcated. Use the [<] [>] keys to scroll through the characters or enter a 3-dgt number from Press the [] key to enter a character n the label. CLEAR TO END - Ths opton clears the dsplay from the character where the cursor s located to the end of the dsplay. CLEAR DISPLAY - Ths opton sets all characters n a label to space or cleared. Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Fre Key Enabled. Pressng and holdng the Fre key for 2 seconds sends a fre key alarm request to the panel. The keypad dsplays Hold Keys Down for Fre Alarm. OFF: Fre Key Dsabled. Pressng the Fre key wll not send an alarm or change the keypad's dsplay. [2] ON: Aux Key Enabled. Pressng and holdng the Aux key for 2 seconds sends an aux key alarm request to the panel. The keypad wll dsplay Hold Keys Down for Aux. Alarm. OFF: Aux Key Dsabled. Pressng the Aux key wll not send an alarm or change the keypad's dsplay. [3] ON: Panc Key Enabled. Pressng and holdng the Panc key for 2 seconds sends a panc key alarm request to the panel. The keypad wll dsplay Hold Keys Down for Panc Alarm. OFF: Panc Key Dsabled. Pressng the Panc key wll not send an alarm or change the keypad's dsplay. [4] ON: Quck Arm Prompt ON. The Press () for < > Quck Armng prompt s dsplayed when scrollng through the ( ) menus when dsarmed. OFF: Quck Arm Prompt OFF. The Press () for < > Quck Armng prompt s not dsplayed when scrollng through the ( ) menus when dsarmed. Ths feature functons ndependently of the Quck Arm Enabled opton (secton [015] [4]). [5] ON: Quck Ext Prompt ON. The Press [] for < > Quck Ext prompt occurs when scrollng through the base () menus when armed. OFF: Quck Ext Prompt OFF. The Press [] for < > Quck Ext prompt does not occur when scrollng through the base () menus when armed. Ths feature functons ndependently of the Quck Ext Enable opton (secton [015] [3]). [6] ON: Bypass Optons Prompt ON. Scrollng through the zone bypass ([][1]) menu dsplays the Press () for < > Bypass Optons prompt. OFF: Bypass Optons Prompt OFF. Scrollng through the zone bypass menu does NOT dsplay the Press () for < > Bypass Optons prompt. Ths feature does not affect operaton of the Bypass Optons features f manually keyed nto the system by enterng 00, 91, 95 or 99. [7] ON: User Intated Call-up Prompt ON. The Select Opton < > User Call-up prompt s dsplayed when scrollng through the [][6] User Functons menu. OFF: User Intated Call-up Prompt OFF. The Select Opton < > User Call-up prompt s blocked and s not dsplayed when scrollng through the [][6] User Functons menu. Ths feature does not affect operaton of the User Intated Call Up feature. [8] ON: Hold Panc Key Prompt ON. The Hold Key Down for Panc Alarm prompt s dsplayed when the Panc key s pressed. OFF: Hold Panc Key Prompt OFF. The Hold Key Down for Panc Alarm prompt s NOT dsplayed when the Panc key s pressed. 5-45
65 5.3 Programmng Descrptons [075] Second Keypad Optons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Local Clock Enabled. When the keypad s dle, the date and tme are dsplayed untl a key s pressed. OFF: Local Clock Dsabled. When the keypad s dle, the dsplay shows current system status. [2] ON: Local Clock Dsplays 24 Hr Tme. The local clock dsplays tme n 24hr format (.e., 00:00-23:59). OFF: Local Clock dsplays AM/PM Tme. The local clock dsplays tme n 12hr format (.e., 12:00 AM - 12:00 PM). System tme ([][6][Master Code][1]) s programmed n 24hr format and s not affected by ths settng. [3] ON: Auto Alarm Scroll Enabled. When the bell s actve, or when an alarm s n memory whle armed, the keypad automatcally overrdes the local clock and scrolls through (dsplays) all alarms. OFF: Auto Alarm Scroll Dsabled. Alarms do not overrde the local clock and dsplay alarms. [4] ON: Language Selecton Accessble from any Menu. Pressng and holdng the scroll keys < > smultaneously wll enter Language Selecton from any menu. OFF: Language Selecton Accessble from Installer Menu Only. Pressng and holdng the scroll keys < > smultaneously wll enter Language Selecton from Installer Programmng ([][8]) only. [5] ON: Power LED Enabled. The keypad power LED may be used to ndcate AC present or absent status. OFF: Power LED Dsabled. The keypad power LED shall reman off for all condtons. [6] ON: Power LED Indcates AC Present. The LED s ON when AC s present. The LED s OFF when AC s absent. OFF: Power LED ndcates AC Absent. The LED s OFF when AC s present. The LED s steady ON when AC s absent. [7] ON: Alarms are Dsplayed whle Armed. Alarms occurrng when the system s armed are dsplayed. OFF: Alarms are NOT Dsplayed Whle Armed. The keypad does NOT ndcate that an alarm has occurred on the system whle armed. When the system s dsarmed, the keypad dsplays the zone(s) that went nto alarm durng the armed perod. [8] ON: Auto Scroll of Open Zones s Enabled. The keypad overrdes the local clock dsplay and dsplays all open zones ncludng bypassed zones when the system s dsarmed. OFF: Auto Scroll of Open Zones s dsabled. The keypad does NOT overrde the local clock dsplay to dsplay all open zones. [076] Thrd Keypad Optons Opton Descrpton [1] ON: Armed LED On n Sleep Mode. The Armed LED on the keypad flashes once every 10 seconds whle n power save mode to ndcate that the system s armed. The Armed LED can be set to flash n both stay and away mode, or just away mode usng opton 2 n secton [076]. OFF: Armed LED Off n Sleep Mode. The Armed LED turns off when the keypad enters power save mode. [2] ON: Keypad Status Shows Stay Arm. When the keypad s n Sleep mode, the Armed LED on the keypad flashes once every 10 seconds to ndcate that the system s armed n Stay mode only. OFF: Keypad Status Shows Stay/Away Arm. When the keypad s n power save mode, the Armed LED may flash when the panel s armed n both stay and away mode. Opton 1 must be enabled n order for opton 2 to work. [3] For Future Use [4] ON: Ambent Lght Sensor On. Durng battery operaton, the LCD backlghtng brghtness level on the WT5500 keypad adjusts accordng to ambent lghtng condtons to conserve battery lfe. Ths opton s enabled by default. OFF: Ambent Lght Sensor Off. Durng battery operaton, the LCD backlghtng brghtness level on the WT5500 keypad stays at the programmed ntensty regardless of ambent lght levels. [5] ON: Late to Open Prompts are Enabled. The Late to Open enable/dsable prompts n [][6] user functons are avalable n the menu. OFF: Late to Open Prompts are Dsabled. The Late to Open enable/dsable prompts are not avalable. [6] ON: Power Save Mode ON. After 10 seconds of no actvty the keypad dsplay and status LEDs turn off. If the user s accessng [] menus, the system wats for the user to ext before startng ths tmer. The keypad exts power save mode when a key s pressed, entry delay begns or the system goes nto alarm. Ths feature s ntended to reduce power consumpton durng AC falure or battery only operaton. OFF: Power Save Mode OFF. The keypad s always actve. [7]-[8] For Future Use [077] LCD Message Enter a 32 character message. If anythng other than blanks are programmed nto ths secton, the keypad tmes out to ths message nstead of the Tme and Date dsplay. Any opton or feature that overrdes the clock dsplay also overrdes the LCD message. An overrde by the system s not counted aganst the message duraton programmed n secton [078]. Ths message can be programmed n Installer Programmng or usng DLS. [078] Downloaded Message Duraton Optons Enter a 3-dgt number. Vald entres are seconds. 000 = Unlmted Duraton. Ths secton s used to program the number of tmes a LCD message (programmed n secton [077]) must be cleared from the LCD dsplays (by pressng any key) before t wll no longer be dsplayed. If programmed on the system, the LCD keypad dsplays the message when not n use. Programmng 000 n ths secton wll result n the message never clearng. Ths could be used as a greetng (resdental) or a company message (commercal). Ths overrdes the settngs of Clock Dsplay optons n secton [075]. 5-46
66 PC9155 Wreless Alarm System [996] Reset Labels to Factory Default Resets all custom labels to the factory defaults. See ths secton n the Programmng Work Sheets for detals. [997] Keypad Verson Enterng ths secton dsplays the keypad verson. The keypad verson s dsplayed as a 4-dgt decmal entry. E.g., Entry s 1234 = Verson Ths s a read-only value. [998] Intate Global Label Broadcast Programmed keypad labels are broadcast and nstalled on all system keypads from keypad 1. Enter [][998] to broadcast the labels programmed n sectons [][001]-[069] and [][100]-[125]. Ths functon s also requred for broadcastng labels downloaded usng DLS software. Ths functon can only be ntalzed from keypad 1. All labels should be manually programed on the frst keypad enrolled on the system n order to broadcast. [999] Restore Factory Default Programmng Resets all keypad programmng to the factory defaults. Ths wll unenroll the keypad from the system. 5-47
67 6 Testng & Troubleshootng 6 Testng & Troubleshootng 6.1 Testng the System Inform the montorng staton when begnnng or endng alarm system testng. It s the user s responsblty to test the alarm system weekly (excludng smoke detectors). Ensure that all the steps n the two tests below are followed. Power up the system Program optons as requred Volate, then restore zones Verfy correct reportng codes are sent to the central staton Sren and Dsplay Test To perform a sren and dsplay test: 1. Press [ ][8][Master Code][4]. The followng occurs: The alarm system actvates the bell output on medum volume for 2 seconds followed by full volume alarm for 2 seconds. All dsplay lghts and LCD pxels turn ON. The Ready, Armed, Trouble and Power LEDs flash for the duraton of the test. 2. To ext the functon menu, press [#]. Walk Test Walk Test mode tests the operaton of each detector n the alarm system. Whle n Walk Test mode, the Ready, Armed, and Trouble LED's flash to ndcate that the walk test s actve. The walk test can be termnated at any tme by re-enterng [ ][6][Master code][8] on the keypad. The alarm system automatcally termnates the walk test on completon. The panel sounds an audble warnng (5 beeps every 10 seconds), begnnng fve mnutes before the termnaton of the test. To perform a walk test: 1. Ensure that the alarm system s dsarmed and the Ready lght s on. 2. Press [#] and close all zones to return the alarm system to the ready state. 3. Perform an alarm system test by followng the steps n the prevous secton. 4. Press [ ][6][Master code][8] to ntate the walk test. 5. To test the zones, actvate each detector n turn (e.g., open each door/wndow or walk n moton detector areas). When each zone (detector) s actvated, the alarm system dsplays Secure System Before Armng < >, or Secure or Arm System, dependng on the zone type and the sren wll sound for 2 seconds. Use the [<][>] keys to vew whch zones are open. The message dsappears when all of the zones are closed. 6.2 Resettng the System to Factory Defaults Resettng the alarm system returns t to the factory programmed defaults. All programmed nformaton ncludng wreless enrollment, telephone numbers etc. wll be lost. The nstaller code reverts back to [5555]. The master code reverts back to [1234]. Soft Reset 1. From the Ready to Arm screen, press [ ][8][XXXX]. [XXXX] represents the new nstaller code programmed n Installer Programmng to replace the 5555 default nstaller code. 2. Press [999][XXXX][999] to reset the system to default settngs. Other software resets are as follows: Panel Only [998] Wreless Devces [996] Hard Reset A hard reset performs the dentcal functon as above. It s used when the nstaller code s unknown or the keypad s not communcatng wth the alarm system. 1. Power down the system. 2. Remove the front cover of the alarm panel. 3. On the termnal block, jumper I/O termnal 1 to I/O termnal 2 wth nothng else connected to these two termnals. 4. Power up the system for 20 seconds. (5 beeps sound to ndcate that the reset has been successful). 5. Power down the system and remove the jumper. Label programmng s stored n the system and locally at the keypads. To retan label programmng after performng a system reset (hard or soft) you must rebroadcast the labels by enterng Installer Programmng then pressng [ ][998]. 6-1
68 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel 6.3 Troubleshootng General Start-up Troubles Trouble Cause Troubleshootng "Faled to Enroll" message dsplayed on keypad Ths message can only appear after [1] & [] are pressed to enroll the keypad. Ths ndcates the keypad dd not receve an enrolment success confrmaton. Retry enrolment by pressng [1] & [] agan. Check that keypad's ESN s programmed n the panel. If usng "Quck Enroll" on power up, check that the "Ready and "Power" ndcators are stll flashng on the panel. Check for RF nterference. Check that keypad s the correct model for the panel. "Hold [1] and [] to Enroll Normal message for an un-enrolled keypad or f enrolment was unsuccessful. Enroll keypad or troubleshoot as per "Faled to Enroll" message. Keypad" dsplayed on keypad Other Troubles Flashng Trouble LED The keypad's batteres are low. Replace keypad's batteres. Blank dsplay, no response to key presses "Panel Response Not Receved" message dsplayed on keypad Keypad battery may have dscharged beyond the usable level. The keypad has lost wreless communcaton wth the panel. (Occasonal dsplay of ths message may be caused by local rado frequency nterference). Remove power, replace batteres or AC adapter. If problem s ntermttent perform placement test and check for sources of rado nterference. Check that keypad's ESN s programmed n the panel. Press [1] & [] to enroll keypad. Check that keypad s the correct model for use wth the panel. Check f panel can communcate by power cyclng the panel and enrollng a new keypad. Power up system Enter [][2] to vew Troubles Perform actons ndcated n the tables below [][2] Troubles [][2] Trouble Summary Trouble [0] GPRS/Ethernet Module Trouble Trouble [1] Servce Requred - Press [1] for more nformaton Low Battery General System Trouble General System Tamper Trouble [2] AC Trouble Trouble [3] Telephone Lne Trouble Trouble [4] Falure to Communcate Trouble [5] Devce Fault - Press [5] for more nformaton Trouble [6] Devce Tamper - Press [6] for more nformaton Trouble [7] Wreless Devce Low Battery - Press [7] for more nformaton Trouble [8] Loss of Tme or Date Trouble Cause Troubleshootng Trouble [0] GPRS/Ethernet Module Trouble Press [<][>] to determne specfc trouble Alternate Comm SIM Lock The SIM lock feature has been enabled and the unt has not been programmed wth the Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. correct PIN for the SIM card. GPRS/Ethernet Module Trouble Ths condton s created when the GPRS/ Ethernet module has detected a rado or SIM falure, a GPRS network trouble, or nsuffcent sgnal strength. Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. Alternate Comm GSM Trouble Ths condton s created when the GPRS/ Ethernet module has detected a network absent condton. Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. 6-2
69 6 Testng & Troubleshootng Alternate Comm Recever Trouble Alternate Comm Fault Alternate Comm Confg SMS Trouble Ths condton s generated when the GPRS/ Ethernet module loses supervson or fals to ntalze a recever. Ths condton s created when the PC9155 loses communcaton wth an Ethernet or GPRS module. Ths condton s created when the GPRS/ Ethernet module detects an SMS Connect 24 Confguraton falure trouble. Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. Refer to the TL260/TL260GS/TL265/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for more detals. Trouble [1] Servce Requred Low Battery General System Trouble General System Tamper Trouble [2] AC Falure Press [1] to determne specfc trouble Man panel battery less than 11.4V +/- 0.1V. NOTE: Ths trouble condton wll not clear untl the battery voltage s 12.5V +/- 0.1V. The system has detected the presence of a RF Jam for 20 seconds or communcatons wth the wreless recever have faled causng a hardware fault. Cover tamper trpped. NOTE: If battery s new allow 24 hrs. to charge. Verfy voltage measured across AC termnals s VAC. Verfy voltage measured across battery termnals s 12.5V +/- 0.1V. Replace transformer f requred. Dsconnect then reconnect battery leads. Check Event Buffer to determne specfc trouble. If buffer logs RF Jam trouble, check for external 433MHZ sgnal sources. To dsable RF Jam, enable opton [7] n program secton [804] subsecton [900]. If buffer logs Hardware Fault - replace panel. Verfy tamper buttons are nstalled nto backplate and frontplate, and that the frontplate s fully n place. Verfy panel s properly secured to wall wth the front cover on. AC Falure No AC at panel AC nput termnals. Verfy voltage measured across AC termnals s 16-18VAC. Replace transformer f requred. Trouble [3] Telephone Lne Trouble Telephone Lne Trouble Phone lne voltage at TIP, RING on man panel less than 3VDC. Trouble [4] Falure to Communcate Falure to Communcate Panel fals to communcate one or more events to central staton. Measure voltage across TIP and RING on the panel: No phone off-hook 50VDC (approx.). Any phone off-hook 5VDC (approx.). Wre ncomng lne drectly to TIP and RING. If trouble clears, check wrng or the RJ-31x phone jack. Connect a handset to TIP and RING of the control panel. Montor for the followng condtons: Contnuous dal tone Reverse TIP and RING. Recorded operator message comes on Verfy correct phone number s programmed. Dal the number programmed usng a regular telephone to determne f a [9] must be daled or f 800 servce s blocked. Panel does not respond to handshakes Verfy the format programmed s supported by the central staton. Panel transmts data multple tmes wthout recevng a handshake Verfy account number and reportng codes are correctly programmed. Contact ID and Pulse formats Program a HEX [A] to transmt a dgt [0]. SIA format Program a dgt [0] to transmt a dgt [0]. GSM/Ethernet Refer to the TL260GS/TL265GS/GS2060/GS2065 Installaton Manual for troubleshootng actons. 6-3
70 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel Trouble [5] Devce Fault Press [5] to determne specfc devces wth a fault trouble 1st press - Zone Faults 2nd press - Keypad Faults 3rd press - Sren Faults Trouble [6] Devce Tamper 1st press - Zone Tampers 2nd press - Keypad Tampers 3rd press - Sren Tampers Trouble [7] Wreless Devce Low Battery 1st press - Wreless Zones 2nd press - Wreless Keys 3rd press - Wreless Keypads 4th press - Wreless Srens 5th press - Proxmty Tags Trouble [8] Loss of Clock Hard-wred zone fault condton present. Short crcut s present on one or more zones wth double end-of-lne resstors enabled. One or more wreless devces have not checked n wthn the programmed tme. Press [6] to determne specfc zones wth a tamper trouble An open crcut s present on one or more zones wth double end-of-lne resstors enabled. A tamper condton s present on one or more wreless devces. One or more wreless devces has a low battery. NOTE: The event s not logged to the event buffer untl the wreless devce low battery delay tme expres. Program secton [377]. Ensure fre zones have 5.6K resstor (Green, Blue, Red) connected. Remove wre leads from I/O and AUX- termnals and measure resstance of the wre leads. Connect 5.6K resstor (Green, Blue, Red) across I/O and AUX- termnals. Verfy the trouble condton clears. Perform a wreless devce placement test verfy the wreless devce and the alarm panel are n good locatons. Durng the test, the yellow LED on the alarm panel should be OFF. Ths ndcates the panel s located n an area of low nterference. If the Yellow LED s ON, check for sources of nterference and elmnate f possble or reposton the panel. If bad results occur when testng wreless devces, test the devce n another locaton. Replace wreless devce f test results are contnually bad. Remove wre leads from I/O and AUX- termnals and measure resstance of the wre leads. Connect 5.6K resstor (Green, Blue, Red) across I/O and AUX-. Verfy the trouble condton clears. Ensure devce cover s secure. Ensure devce s correctly mounted for wall tamper operaton, volate, then restore the tamper. If tamper condton perssts then replace wreless devce. Press [7] to scroll through specfc devces wth a Low Battery Trouble Replace Battery Verfy zone operaton. Verfy tamper and low battery condton s cleared and reported. Flashng Trouble LED on keypad ndcates low battery. To determne whch ndoor sren s n low battery, press the Test button. If no test ndcatons are sounded, replace batteres. To determne whch outdoor sren s n low battery, remove and reconnect battery. If the strobe does not flash, replace battery. If a proxmty tag s n low battery, the tag must be deleted and replaced before the trouble s cleared from [][2]. NOTE: Replacng batteres wll cause a tamper condton. Puttng the cover back on wll clear the tamper causng the assocated reportng codes to be sent to the central staton. Loss of Tme & Date The man panel nternal clock s not set. To program the tme and date: Enter[][6][Master Code] then press [1]. Enter the tme and date (n mltary) usng the followng format: HH:MM MM/DD/YY e.g., For 6:00 pm, Nov. 30, 2010, enter: [18] [00] [11] [30] [10] 6.4 Battery Removal/Replacement Dsconnect AC power and battery before proceedng. Removal: 1. Dsconnect battery cable from termnals. 2. Depress the rght battery retanng bracket, smultaneously lft battery free of retanng clp. 3. Slde battery up and rght to clear the left retanng clp. 4. Dspose of battery n accordance wth local regulatons. Replacement: 1. Remove termnal protecton from battery. 2. Install battery cable on spade lug termnals. Ensure red cable s connected to the (+) termnal and black cable s connected to the (-) termnal. 3. Slde left sde of battery under left battery retanng bracket. 4. Insert slot screwdrver between battery and rght retanng bracket. Lever rght retanng bracket to rght whle pressng battery frmly n place. 5. If requred, route battery cable through wre gudes and connect to PC9155 termnal board. 6-4
71 Appendx A: Reportng Code Formats Appendx A: Reportng Code Formats The followng tables contan Contact ID and Automatc SIA format reportng codes. See programmng sectons [320]-[348] for reportng codes. Contact ID The frst dgt (n parentheses) s automatcally sent by the control. The second two dgts are programmed to ndcate specfc nformaton about the sgnal. For example, f zone 1 s an entry/ext pont, you could program the event code as [34]. The central staton would receve the followng: *BURG - ENTRY/EXIT - 1 where the 1 ndcates whch zone went nto alarm. SIA Format - Level 2 (Hard Coded) The SIA communcaton format used n ths product follows the level 2 specfcatons of the SIA Dgtal Communcaton Standard - October Ths format sends the account code along wth ts data transmsson. The transmsson wll look smlar to the followng at the recever: N r1 BA 01 N = New Event r1 = Partton /Area Identfer BA = Burglary Alarm 01 = Zone 1 A system event wll use the Area Identfer r00. Secton # Reportng Code Code Sent When Daler Drecton Automatc Contact ID Codes SIA Auto Rep Codes [320]-[323] Zone Alarms Zone goes nto alarm A/R [324]-[327] Zone Restorals Zone alarm condton has been restored A/R See Table 3 See Table 3 [328] Duress Alarm Duress code entered at keypad A/R E(1) HA-00 [328] Openng After Alarm System dsarmed wth alarm n memory A/R E(4) OR-00 [328] Recent Closng Zone alarm occurs wthn two mnutes of system armng A/R E(4)59-UUU CR-UU Two zones go nto alarm durng any gven armed-to-armed [328] Cross Zone (Polce Code) Alarm perod, or before the polce code tmer expres A/R E(1) BM-00/BV-00 Ths event s transmtted when a second cross zone alarm [328] Burglary Not Verfed does not occur wthn the cross zonng tme A/R E(3) BG-00 [328] Alarm Cancelled Sent when the system s dsarmed after an alarm, but before the expry of the alarm cancellaton tmer A/R E(4)A6-UUU OC-UU [329] [F] Key Alarm Keypad Fre Alarm (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R E (1)1A -000 FA -00 [329] [F] Key Alarm Restoral Keypad Fre Alarm Restore (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R R(1)1A -000 FH-00 [329] [A] Key Alarm Keypad Auxlary Alarm (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R E(1)AA-000 MA-00 [329] [A] Key Alarm Restoral Keypad Auxlary Alarm Restore (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R R(1)AA-000 MH-00 [329] [P] Key Alarm Keypad Panc Alarm (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R E(1)2A-000 PA-00 [329] [P] Key Alarm Restoral Keypad Panc Alarm Restore (Alarm and Restore rep. codes sent together) A/R R(1)2A-000 PH-00 [329] Fal to Report In A zone was not trpped between the nactvty montorng wndows A/R E(1)A2-000 NA-00 [330]-[337] Zone Tamper A zone s tampered T/R E(3)83-ZZZ TA-ZZ [330]-[337] Zone Tamper Restore A tampered zone has restored T/R R(3)83-ZZZ TR-ZZ [338] General System Tamper The case/cover has a tamper alarm T/R E(1) ES-00 [338] General System Tamper Restore The case/cover tamper condton has restored T/R R(1) EJ-00 [338] Keypad Lockout Maxmum number of ncorret access codes have been entered at a keypad T/R E(4) JA-00 [ ] Closngs System armed (User 01-16, 40 ndcated) O/C R(4)A1-UUU CL-UU [341] Partal Closng One or more zones bypassed when system armed O/C E(4) CG-00 [341] Automatc Zone Bypass A zone was bypassed at the tme of armng O/C E(5)7A-ZZZ UB-ZZ [341] Specal Closng Closng (armng) usng one of the followng methods: quck arm, keyswtch, functon key, mantenance code, DLS software, Wreless key O/C R(4)AA-000 CL-00 [341] Ext Fault Sent when an Ext Error occurs and the Entry Delay expres before the system s dsarmed O/C E(3)74-ZZZ EA-ZZ [ ] Openngs System dsarmed (User 01-16, 40 ndcated) O/C E(4)A1-UUU OP-UU [344] Specal Openng Openng (dsarmng) usng one of the followng methods: Keyswtch, mantenance code, DLS software, wreless key O/C E(4)AA-000 OP-00 [344] Late to Open The system was not dsarmed when the late to open tme expred O/C E(4) CT-00 [345] Battery Trouble PC9155 system battery s low MA/R E(3)A2-000 YT-00 [346] Battery Trouble Restore PC9155 system battery voltage normal MA/R R(3)A2-000 YR-00 [345] AC Lne Trouble AC power to control panel s dsconnected or nterrupted (Follows AC Falure communcaton delay) MA/R E(3)A1-000 AT-00 C S APP-1
72 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel Daler Drecton Automatc Contact ID Codes SIA Auto Rep Codes Secton # Reportng Code Code Sent When AC power restored (Follows AC Falure communcaton [346] AC Lne Restore delay) MA/R R(3)A1-000 AR-00 [345] Fre Trouble Trouble occured on a fre zone MA/R E(3) FT-00 [346] Fre Trouble Restore A trouble on a fre zone has been restored MA/R R(3) FJ-00 [345] Auxlary Power Trouble The Aux+ current draw has exceeded 200mA MA/R E(3) YP-00 Auxlary Power Trouble [346] Restore The Aux+ current draw s 200mA or less MA/R R(3) YQ-00 [345] TLM Falure Lne current s not avalable on the phone lne MA/R E(3) LT-01 [346] TLM Restoral Lne current has been detected on the phone lne MA/R R(3) LR-01 [345] General System Trouble A RF Jam or Hardware Fault condton has occurred MA/R E(3)AA-000 YX-00 General System Trouble [346] Restore A RF Jam or Hardware Fault condton has restored MA/R R(3)AA-000 YZ-00 [345] General System Supervsory The PC9155 has detected an alternate communcator fault MA/R E(3)3A-000 ET-00 General System Supervsory [346] Restore PC9155 has restored an alternate communcator fault. MA/R R(3)3A-000 ER-00 [346] Cold Start The PC9155 has powered up after AC loss. MA/R R(3)A5-000 RR-00 The PC9155 has restored communcatons wth the central [347] Phone #1-4 FTC Restoral staton usng Phone #1 to #4 (after FTC) MA/R R(3) YK-00 [347] DLS Lead In A downloadng sesson has been started by a user ntated call-up, or call-back features MA/R E(4)11 RB-00 [347] DLS Lead Out A downloadng sesson has termnated MA/R E(4)12 RS-00 [347] Zone Fault One or more wreless zones are n fault MA/R E(3)8A-ZZZ UT-ZZ [347] Zone Fault Restore All wreless zone fault condtons have been restored MA/R R(3)8A-ZZZ UJ-ZZ [347] Delnquency The programmed amount of tme (days or hours) for delnquency has expred wthout zone actvty or wthout the system beng armed MA/R E(6) CD-00 [347] Wreless Zone Low Battery Trouble A wreless zone has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3)84-ZZZ XT-ZZ [347] Wreless Zone Low Battery Restore No wreless zones have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3)84-ZZZ XR-ZZ [347] Wreless Devce Low Battery Trouble A wreless key or proxmty tag has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-00 Wreless Devce Low Battery [347] Restore No wreless keys or proxmty tags have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-00 [347] Keypad 1 Low Battery Keypad 1 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-70 [347] Keypad 1 Low Battery Restore Keypad 1 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-70 [347] Keypad 2 Low Battery Keypad 2 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-71 [347] Keypad 2 Low Battery Restore Keypad 2 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-71 [347] Keypad 3 Low Battery Keypad 3 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-72 [347] Keypad 3 Low Battery Restore Keypad 3 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-72 [347] Keypad 4 Low Battery Keypad 4 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-73 [347] Keypad 4 Low Battery Restore Keypad 4 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-73 [347] Sren 1 Low Battery Sren 1 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-80 [347] Sren 1 Low Battery Restore Sren 1 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-80 [347] Sren 2 Low Battery Sren 2 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-81 [347] Sren 2 Low Battery Restore Sren 2 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-81 [347] Sren 3 Low Battery Sren 3 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-82 [347] Sren 3 Low Battery Restore Sren 3 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-82 [347] Sren 4 Low Battery Sren 4 has a low battery trouble MA/R E(3) XT-83 [347] Sren 4 Low Battery Restore Sren 4 does not have a low battery trouble MA/R R(3) XR-83 [347] Installer Lead In Sren mode has been entered MA/R E(6) LB-00 [347] Installer Lead Out Sren mode has been exted MA/R E(6) LS-00 [347] Sren 1 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Sren 1 MA/R E(3)8A-080 UT-80 [347] Sren 1 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Sren 1 MA/R R(3)8A-080 UJ-80 [347] Sren 2 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Sren 2 MA/R E(3)8A-081 UT-81 [347] Sren 2 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Sren 2 MA/R R(3)8A-081 UJ-81 [347] Sren 3 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Sren 3 MA/R E(3)8A-082 UT-82 [347] Sren 3 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Sren 3 MA/R R(3)8A-082 UJ-82 APP-2
73 Appendx A: Reportng Code Formats Secton # Reportng Code Code Sent W hen Daler Drecton Automatc Contact ID Codes SIA Auto Rep Codes [347] Sren 4 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Sren 4 MA/R E(3)8A-083 UT-83 [347] Sren 4 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Sren 4 MA/R R(3)8A-083 UJ-83 [347] Keypad 1 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Keypad 1 MA/R E(3)8A-070 UT-70 [347] Keypad 1 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Keypad 1 MA/R R(3)8A-070 UJ-70 [347] Keypad 2 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Keypad 2 MA/R E(3)8A-071 UT-71 [347] Keypad 2 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Keypad 2 MA/R R(3)8A-071 UJ-71 [347] Keypad 3 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Keypad 3 MA/R E(3)8A-072 UT-72 [347] Keypad 3 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Keypad 3 MA/R R(3)8A-072 UJ-72 [347] Keypad 4 Fault A wreless supervson fault has occurred for Keypad 4 MA/R E(3)8A-073 UT-73 [347] Keypad 4 Fault Restore A wreless supervson fault has restored for Keypad 4 MA/R R(3)8A-073 UJ-73 [348] W alk Test Begn W alk test has been started by the user T E(6)A7-UUU TS-UU [348] W alk Test End W alk test has tmed out or has been cancelled by the user T R(6)A7-UUU TE-UU [348] Perodc Test PC9155 system test transmsson tme has expred T E(6)A2-000 RP-00 [348] System Test The user has performed a system test T E(6)A1-000 RX-00 [609] Keypad 1 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Keypad 1 T/R E(3) TA-70 [609] Keypad 1 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Keypad 1 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-70 [609] Keypad 2 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Keypad 2 T/R E(3) TA-71 [609] Keypad 2 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Keypad 2 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-71 [609] Keypad 3 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Keypad 3 T/R E(3) TA-72 [609] Keypad 3 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Keypad 3 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-72 [609] Keypad 4 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Keypad 4 T/R E(3) TA-73 [609] Keypad 4 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Keypad 4 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-73 [609] Sren 1 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Sren 1 T/R E(3) TA-80 [609] Sren 1 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Sren 1 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-80 [609] Sren 2 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Sren 2 T/R E(3) TA-81 [609] Sren 2 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Sren 2 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-81 [609] Sren 3 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Sren 3 T/R E(3) TA-82 [609] Sren 3 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Sren 3 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-82 [609] Sren 4 Tamper A tamper condton has been detected from Sren 4 T/R E(3) TA-83 [609] Sren 4 Tamper Restore A tamper condton from Sren 4 has been restored T/R R(3) TR-83 [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] Alternate Communcator Recever 1 Trouble Alternate Communcator Recever 1 Restore Alternate Communcator Recever 2 Trouble Alternate Communcator Recever 2 Restore Alternate Communcator Recever 3 Trouble Alternate Communcator Recever 3 Restore Alternate Communcator Recever 4 Trouble Alternate Communcator Recever 4 Restore General Alternate Communcator Trouble General Alternate Communcator Trouble Restore [347] Remote Programmng Begn T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 1 has gone absent or faled to ntalze MA/R E(3)5A-001 YS-01 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 1 s present and has been ntalzed MA/R R(3)5A-001 YK-01 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 2 has gone absent or faled to ntalze MA/R E(3)5A-002 YS-02 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 2 s present and has been ntalzed MA/R R(3)5A-002 YK-02 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 3 has gone absent or faled to ntalze MA/R E(3)5A-003 YS-03 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 3 s present and has been ntalzed MA/R R(3)5A-003 YK-03 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 4 has gone absent or faled to ntalze MA/R E(3)5A-004 YS-04 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 has detected recever 4 s present and has been ntalzed MA/R R(3)5A-004 YK-04 falure, GSM Trouble, Ethernet T rouble, or SMS Confg Trouble MA/R E(3)AA-001 YX-01 falure, GSM Trouble, Ethernet T rouble and SMS Confg trouble MA/R R(3)AA-001 YR-01 T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 module has successfully connected to the programmng software MA/R E(6) LB-00 [347] Remote Programmng End T he T L265/TL265GS/GS2065 module has dsconnected from the programmng software MA/R E(6) LS-00 A/R = alarms/restorals; T/R = tampers/restorals; O/C = openngs/closngs; MA/R = mscellaneous alarms/restorals; T = test transmssons UU = user number (user01-16,40); ZZ = zone number (01-34) APP-3
74 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel Contact ID Programmed Zone Alarm/Restoral Event Codes (as per SIA DCS: Contact ID ): Program any of these codes for zone alarms/restorals when usng the standard (non-automatc) Contact ID reportng format. Medcal Alarms (1)34 Entry / Ext (1)AA Medcal (1)35 Day / Nght (1)A1 Pendant Transmtter (1)36 Outdoor (1)A2 Fal to Report In (1)37 Tamper Fre Alarms (1)38 Near Alarm (1)1A Fre Alarm General Alarms (1)11 Smoke (1)4A General Alarm (1)12 Combuston (1)43 Exp. Module Falure (1)13 Water Flow (1)44 Sensor Tamper (1)14 Heat (1)45 Module Tamper (1)15 Pull Staton (1)4A Cross Zone Polce Code (1)16 Duct 24 Hour Non-Burglary (1)17 Flame (1)5A 24 Hour non-burg (1)18 Near Alarm (1)51 Gas Detected Panc Alarms (1)52 Refrgeraton (1)2A Panc (1)53 Loss of Heat (1)21 Duress (1)54 Water Leakage (1)22 Slent (1)55 Fol Break (1)23 Audble (1)56 Day Trouble Burglar Alarms (1)57 Low bottled Gas level (1)3A Burglary (1)58 Hgh Temp (1)31 Permeter (1)59 Low Temp (1)32 Interor (1)61 Loss of Ar Flow (1)33 24 Hour Automatc Zone Alarm/Restoral Zone Defenton SIA Auto Rep Codes Contact ID Alarm Auto Rep Codes Contact ID Restore Auto Rep Codes Delay 1 BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Delay 2 BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Instant BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Interor BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Interor Stay/Away BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Delay Stay/Away BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ 24 Hr Supervsory US-ZZ/UR-ZZ E(1)5A-ZZZ R(1)5A-ZZZ 24 Hr Supervsory Buzzer UA-ZZ/UH-ZZ E(1)4A-ZZZ R(1)4A-ZZZ 24 Hr Burg BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ 24 Hr Gas GA-ZZ/GH-ZZ E(1)51-ZZZ R(1)51-ZZZ 24 Hr Heat FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ E(1)1A-ZZZ R(1)1A-ZZZ 24 Hr Medcal MA-ZZ/MH-ZZ E(1)AA-ZZZ R(1)AA-ZZZ 24 Hr Panc PA-ZZ/PH-ZZ E(1)2A-ZZZ R(1)2A-ZZZ 24 Hr Emergency (non-medcal) QA-ZZ/QH-ZZ E(1)A1-ZZZ R(1)A1-ZZZ 24 Hr Water WA-ZZ/WH-ZZ E(1)54-ZZZ R(1)54-ZZZ 24 Hr Freeze ZA-ZZ/ZH-ZZ E(1)59-ZZZ R(1)59-ZZZ Interor Delay BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Instant Stay/Away BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ 24 Hr Non Latchng Tamper TA-ZZ/TR-ZZ E(3)83-ZZZ R(3)83-ZZZ Day Zone BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Nght Zone BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ E(1)3A-ZZZ R(1)3A-ZZZ Delayed 24 Hr Fre (wreless) FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ E(1)1A-ZZZ R(1)1A-ZZZ Standard 24 Hr Fre (wreless) FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ E(1)1A-ZZZ R(1)1A-ZZZ 24 Hr Auto-Verfed Fre (wreless) FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ E(1)1A-ZZZ R(1)1A-ZZZ 24 Hr CO Alarm GA-ZZ/GH-ZZ E(1)62-ZZZ R(1)62-ZZZ ZZ or ZZZ = Zones 01 to 34 APP-4
75 Appendx B: Communcator Format Optons The followng format optons are programmable n secton [350] Appendx B: Communcator Format Optons 20 BPS, 1400 Hz handshake 20 BPS, 2300 Hz handshake BPS Formats - 0 s not vald n Account or Rep Code (A must be used) Dependng on the pulse format selected the panel wll communcate usng the followng: 3/1, 3/2, 4/1 or 4/2, 1400 or 2300 Hz handshake, 20 bts per second, nonextended. The dgt 0 wll send no pulses and s used as a fller. When programmng account numbers enter four dgts. When programmng a three dgt account number the fourth dgt must be programmed as a plan 0 whch wll act as a fller dgt. If an account number has a 0 n t, substtute a HEX dgt A for the 0. Examples: 3 dgt account number [123]- program [1230] 3 dgt account number [502] - program [5A20] 4 dgt account number [4079] - program [4A79] When programmng reportng codes two dgts must be entered. If one dgt reportng codes are used, the second dgt must be programmed as 0. If 0 s to be transmtted, substtute a HEX dgt A for the 0. Examples: 1 dgt reportng code [3] - program [30] 2 dgt reportng code [30] - program [3A] To prevent the panel from reportng an event, program the reportng code for the event as [00] or [FF]. 03 DTMF Contact ID ADEMCO Contact ID - 0 s not vald n Account or Rep Code (A must be used, 10 n checksum) Contact ID s a specalzed format that communcates nformaton quckly usng tones rather than pulses. The format also allows more nformaton to be sent. For example, rather than reportng an alarm zone 1, the Contact ID format can also report the type of alarm, such as Entry/Ext alarm zone 1. If Contact ID Sends Automatc Reportng Codes s selected, the panel automatcally generates a reportng code for each event. These dentfers are lsted n Appendx A. If the Automatc Contact ID opton s not selected, reportng codes must be programmed. The 2-dgt entry determnes the type of alarm. The panel automatcally generates all other nformaton, ncludng the zone number. NOTE:If Automatc Contact ID s selected, the panel automatcally generates all zone and access code numbers, elmnatng the need to program these tems. NOTE:The zone number for Zone Low Battery and Zone Fault events wll not be dentfed when Pulse formats are used. If the Contact ID uses Automatc Reportng Codes opton s enabled, the panel wll operate as follows: If an event s reportng code s programmed as [00], the panel wll not attempt to call the central staton. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as anythng from [01] to [FF], the panel wll automatcally generate the zone or access code number. See Appendx A for a lst of the codes whch wll be transmtted. If the Contact ID uses Programmed Reportng Codes opton s enabled, the panel wll operate as follows: If an event s reportng code s programmed as [00] or [FF], the panel wll not attempt to call central staton. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as anythng from [01] to [FE], the panel wll send the programmed reportng code. Account numbers must be four dgts: If the dgt 0 s n the account number substtute the HEX dgt A for the 0. All reportng codes must be two dgts. If the dgt 0 s n the reportng code substtute the HEX dgt A for the 0. To prevent the panel from reportng an event, program the reportng code for the event as [00] or [FF]. See: Contact ID Sends Automatc Reportng Codes secton [381], Opton [7] 04 SIA FSK SIA -0 s vald n Account or Rep Code (not 00 n a Reportng code) SIA -0 uses 300 Baud FSK as the communcaton meda. Account Code can be 4 or 6 hexadecmal dgts. Reportng codes must be 2 dgts. The SIA format transmts a 4 (or 6) dgt account code, 2 dgt dentfer code and 2 dgt reportng code. The 2 dgt dentfer s pre programmed by the panel. SIA s a specalzed format that communcates nformaton quckly usng frequency shft keyng (FSK) rather than pulses. The SIA format automatcally generates the type of sgnal beng transmtted, such as Burglary, Fre, Panc etc. The two dgt reportng code s used to dentfy the zone or access code number. If the SIA format s selected the panel can be programmed to automatcally generate all zone and access code numbers elmnatng the need to program these tems. If the SIA Sends Automatc Reportng Codes opton s enabled the panel wll operate as follows: 1. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as [00] the panel wll not attempt to call the central staton. 2. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as anythng from [01] to [FF] the panel wll AUTOMATICALLY generate the zone or access code number. 3. Durng a partal closng, all bypassed zones are reported. Communcator Call Drecton Optons can be used to dsable reportng of events such as Openngs/Closngs. Also, f all the Openng/Closng reportng codes were programmed as [00] the panel would not report. If the SIA Sends Automatc Reportng Codes opton s dsabled the panel operates as follows: 1. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as [00] or [FF] the panel wll not attempt to call the central staton. 2. If the reportng code for an event s programmed as anythng from [01] to [FE] the panel wll send the programmed reportng code. 3. Durng a partal closng, bypassed zones are not reported. NOTE:The zone number for Zone Low Battery and Zone Fault events wll not be dentfed when Programmed SIA s used. See: SIA Sends Automatc Reportng Codes - Secton [381], Opton [3], Communcator Call Drecton Optons - Secton [351] to [376], SIA Identfers - Appendx A 06 Resdental Dal If Resdental Dal s programmed and an event that s programmed to communcate occurs, the panel wll seze the lne and dal the approprate telephone number(s). Once the dalng s complete, the panel wll emt an ID tone and wat for a handshake (press a 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 0, or # key from any telephone). It wll wat for ths handshake for the duraton of Post Dal Wat for Handshake tmer. Once the panel receves the handshake, t wll emt an alarm tone over the telephone lne for 20 seconds. If several alarms occur at the same tme, only one call wll be made to each telephone number the panel s programmed to call. APP-5
76 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel Appendx C: 2-Way Audo Verfcaton (PC5950) Not approved for use wth UL/ULC lsted nstallatons. Audo Verfcaton provdes Talk and Lsten-n capablty for audo verfcaton of alarms. Ths allows the central staton to communcate wth the occupants through the mcrophone and speaker of the alarm system. The commands ndcated below are a subset of the SIA Audo Verfcaton Standard (November 11, 1997). The 2-way Audo Sesson 1. Zone Volaton: A 2-way audo sesson begns wth the volaton of a zone that has zone attrbute 9 enabled. By default, a 2-way audo sesson s ntated for all zone types except the followng: Supervsory, zone 9 Keyswtch zones, zone 22 and Hour Non-Alarm (local), zone Hour Non-Latchng Tamper, zone Hour Carbon Monoxde (wreless), zone 81 Audo Verfcaton Montor, zone 82 Fre Zones, zone 87, 88, 89 and the Fre Key For more nformaton, see secton [101]-[134], attrbute 9 n Chapter 5. By default one-way audo (Lsten-n only) s ntated by the followng: Slent Panc events (Slent [P], Slent Panc zone) Duress alarm Slent zone alarm (Zone attrbute 1 OFF) Note: The Speaker s always OFF durng slent alarms. 2. Communcaton to the Montorng Staton: When an alarm s trggered one of the followng reportng codes/actons s sent to the montorng staton: Format Reportng Code/Event SIA L90 Contact ID 606 BPS Communcates the Event, then automatcally enters nto 2-way Audo mode 3. Alertng the Operator: When the reportng code s receved by the montorng staton or a 2-way sesson s automatcally ntated, a 2-way Intaton (Start) tone wll be sounded to alert the operator. A hgh (1800 Hz) tone and a low (900 Hz) tone are used to generate the sesson tones lsted below. Short tone duraton s 100ms. Long tone duraton s 1 second: Two-way Intaton (Start) Tone: 3 H Tones (Short) After the thrd short h tone has sounded, the system swtches drectly nto Lsten-n mode wthout a keypress from the montorng staton. Remnder Tones: 1 H Tone (Short) 1 short h tone ndcates 20 seconds are left n the audo sesson. 1 low Tone 1 short low tone ndcates 10 seconds are left n the audo sesson. 4. Intatng, Control and Termnaton of the Sesson: The Operator controls the sesson by usng the followng Audo Control Telephone Key functons.to select the followng commands, press [ ][0] followed by the key number(s) ndcated below: Key Command Descrpton 0 Future Use 1 H-Gan Talk to Speaker Connects the montorng staton to the speaker at the hgh volume output level. 2 VOX Mode Connects the montorng staton to the system n VOX Mode (See VOX Support below). 3 H-Gan Lsten to Mcrophone Connects the montorng staton to the mcrophone at the hgh gan nput level. 4 Lo-Gan Talk to Speaker Connects the montorng staton to the speaker at the low volume output level. 5 Future Use 6 Lo-Gan Lsten to Mcrophone Connects the montorng staton to the mcrophone at the low gan nput level. 7 Extend Tme Restarts the sesson tmer (90 seconds) to prevent tme out. To extend the tme and take no other acton use ths functon. Pressng any key automatcally extends the tme. 88 Future Use 99 Dsconnect Dsconnects the sesson. The second 9 must be pressed wthn 1 second of pressng the frst 9. Use the Dsconnect key sequence before hangng up durng a Talk / Lsten-In sesson. VOX Support: When n VOX mode the system automatcally swtches between the phone lne and nternal mcrophone/speaker dependng on whch one s loudest. Push-to-talk overrdes VOX - ths s performed by swtchng nto Talk mode at the montorng staton. Hang-up Auto-detecton: The system automatcally dsconnects f the central staton recever dsconnects before the operator pcks up the lne. 5 seconds of contnuous dal tone or a busy tone s consdered dsconnect crtera. APP-6
77 Appendx D: Regulatory Approvals Informaton Appendx D: Regulatory Approvals Informaton North Amerca FCC COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CAUTION: Changes or modfcatons not expressly approved by Dgtal Securty Controls could vod your authorty to use ths equpment. Ths equpment has been tested and found to comply wth the lmts for a Class B dgtal devce, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lmts are desgned to provde reasonable protecton aganst harmful nterference n a resdental nstallaton. Ths equpment generates, uses and can radate rado frequency energy and, f not nstalled and used n accordance wth the nstructons, may cause harmful nterference to rado communcatons. However, there s no guarantee that nterference wll not occur n a partcular nstallaton. If ths equpment does cause harmful nterference to rado or televson recepton, whch can be determned by turnng the equpment off and on, the user s encouraged to try to correct the nterference by one or more of the followng measures: Re-orent the recevng antenna. Increase the separaton between the equpment and recever. Connect the equpment nto an outlet on a crcut dfferent from that to whch the recever s connected. Consult the dealer or an experenced rado/televson techncan for help. The user may fnd the followng booklet prepared by the FCC useful: How to Identfy and Resolve Rado/Televson Interference Problems. Ths booklet s avalable from the U.S. Government Prntng Offce, Washngton D.C , Stock # IMPORTANT INFORMATION Ths equpment comples wth Part 68 of the FCC Rules and, f the product was approved July 23, 2001 or later, the requrements adopted by the ACTA. On the sde of ths equpment s a label that contans, among other nformaton, a product dentfer. If requested, ths number must be provded to the Telephone Company. Product Identfer US:F53AL01B9155 USOC Jack:RJ-31X Telephone Connecton Requrements A plug and jack used to connect ths equpment to the premses wrng and telephone network must comply wth the applcable FCC Part 68 rules and requrements adopted by the ACTA. A complant telephone cord and modular plug s provded wth ths product. It s desgned to be connected to a compatble modular jack that s also complant. See nstallaton nstructons for detals. Rnger Equvalence Number (REN) The REN s used to determne the number of devces that may be connected to a telephone lne. Excessve RENs on a telephone lne may result n the devces not rngng n response to an ncomng call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed fve (5.0). To be certan of the number of devces that may be connected to a lne, as determned by the total RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for ths product s part of the product dentfer that has the format US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. The dgts represented by ## are the REN wthout a decmal pont (e.g., 03 s a REN of 0.3). For earler products, the REN s separately shown on the label. REN = 0.1B Incdence of Harm If ths equpment (PC9155) causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company wll notfy you n advance that temporary dscontnuance of servce may be requred. But f advance notce s not practcal, the telephone company wll notfy the customer as soon as possble. Also, you wll be advsed of your rght to fle a complant wth the FCC f you beleve t s necessary. Changes n Telephone Company Equpment or Facltes The Telephone Company may make changes n ts facltes, equpment, operatons or procedures that could affect the operaton of the equpment. If ths happens the Telephone Company wll provde advance notce n order for you to make necessary modfcatons to mantan unnterrupted servce. Equpment Mantenance Faclty If trouble s experenced wth ths equpment (PC9155) for repar or warranty nformaton, contact the faclty ndcated below. If the equpment s causng harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may request that you dsconnect the equpment untl the problem s solved. Ths equpment s of a type that s not ntended to be repared by the end user. DSC c/o APL Logstcs 757 Douglas Hll Rd., Ltha Sprngs, GA Addtonal Informaton Connecton to party lne servce s subject to state tarffs. Contact the state publc utlty commsson, publc servce commsson or corporaton commsson for nformaton. Alarm dalng equpment must be able to seze the telephone lne and place a call n an emergency stuaton. It must be able to do ths even f other equpment (telephone, answerng system, computer modem, etc.) already has the telephone lne n use. To do so, alarm dalng equpment must be connected to a properly nstalled RJ-31X jack that s electrcally n seres wth and ahead of all other equpment attached to the same telephone lne. Proper nstallaton s depcted n the fgure below. If you have any questons concernng these nstructons, you should consult your telephone company or a qualfed nstaller about nstallng the RJ-31X jack and alarm dadalnglng equpment for you. Network Servce Provder's Facltes Telephone Lne Network Demarcaton Pont Customer Premses Equpment and Wrng RJ-31X Jack Telephone Alarm Dalng Equpment Answerng System Unused RJ-11 Jack Fax Machne Telephone Computer Unused RJ-11 Jack Telephone INDUSTRY CANADA STATEMENT NOTICE: Ths product meets the applcable Industry Canada techncal specfcatons. Le présent materel est conforme aux specfcatons technques applcables d Industre Canada. The Rnger Equvalence Number (REN) for ths termnal equpment s 0.1. L'ndce d'équvalence de la sonnere (IES) du présent matérel est de 0.1. The Rnger Equvalence Number s an ndcaton of the maxmum number of devces allowed to be connected to a telephone nterface. The termnaton on an nterface may consst of any combnaton of devces subject only to the requrement that the sum of the RENs of all the devces does not exceed fve. L ndce d équvalence de la sonnere (IES) sert à ndquer le nombre maxmal de termnaux qu peuvent être raccordés à une nterface téléphonque. La termnason d une nterface peut consster en une combnason quelconque de dspostfs, à la seule condton que la somme d ndces d équvalence de la sonnere de tous les dspostfs n excède pas 5. The term IC: before the rado certfcaton number only sgnfes that Industry Canada techncal specfcatons were met. Certfcaton Number IC: 160A-PC9155 Ths Class B dgtal apparatus comples wth Canadan ICES-003. Cet apparel numérque de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. APP-7
78 PC9155 Wreless Alarm Panel Ths product has been tested and found n complance wth the followng standards: UL1023 Household Burglar-Alarm System Unts UL985 Household Fre Warnng System Unts UL1635 Dgtal Alarm Communcator System Unts ULC-S545-02Resdental Fre Warnng System Control Unts ORD-C Household Burglar-Alarm System Unts Ths product has also been tested and found n complance wth the ANSI/SIA CP Control Panel Standard Features for False Alarm Reducton. Ths product s UL/ULC lsted under the followng categores: UTOU/UTOUC Control Unts and Accessores, Household System Type NBSX/NBSXC Household Burglar Alarm System Unts AMTB Control Panels, SIA False Alarm Reducton The product s labeled wth the UL and ULC lstng marks along wth the SIA CP-01 complance statement (Also Classfed n accordance wth SIA-CP-01 Standard) as proof of complance wth the above mentoned standards. For further nformaton on ths product s lstngs please also refer to the offcal lstng gudes publshed at the UL web ste ( under Certfcatons secton. UL/ULC Resdental Fre and Burglary Installatons: For ULC Installatons refer to the Standard for the Installaton of Resdental Fre Warnng Systems, CAN/ULC-S540. All burglary-type zones shall be confgured wth SEOL or DEOL confguraton (refer to secton [133] and [134], bt 15 or 16 shall be ON) Use at least one WS4916 Smoke Detector for Fre Installatons (refer to secton [001], fre zone shall be programmed as type 89) The entry delay shall not exceed 60 seconds (refer to secton [005]) The ext delay shall not exceed 120 seconds (refer to secton [005]) The mnmum Bell Tme-out s 4 mnutes (refer to secton [005]) Note: For ULC Resdental Fre Installatons the mnmum Bell Tme-out s 5 mnutes Temporal Three Fre Sgnal shall be enabled (refer to secton [013], opton 8 shall be ON) Arm/Dsarm Bell Squawk shall be enabled when usng wreless key WS4939 (refer to secton [014], opton 1 shall be ON) A code shall be requred for bypassng (refer to secton [015], opton 5 shall be ON) Trouble beeps shall be enabled (refer to secton [023], opton 7 shall be ON) AC trouble ndcaton LED shall be enabled (refer to Keypad Programmng, secton [075], optons 5 and 6 shall be ON) DACT Communcator shall be enabled for Supervsng Staton Montorng (refer to secton [380], opton 1 shall be ON). Note: The DACT communcator for ths product has no lne securty. Telephone Lne Montorng (TLM) shall be enabled (refer to secton [015], opton 7 shall be ON) Note: Ths product s programmed to perform 5 attempts for communcaton of an event to the supervsng staton. If unsuccessful, a Fal To Communcate (FTC) trouble s generated. Test transmsson cycle shall be set for monthly transmsson (refer to secton [377]) Note: For ULC Resdental nstallatons set for daly test transmsson Wreless Supervson wndow shall be enabled (refer to Wreless Programmng, sectons [082] to [085]) Wreless Supervson wndow shall be set to 4h for Fre Installatons (refer to Wreless Programmng, secton [081][1] shall be programmed wth the value [016]. Wreless Supervson wndow shall be set to 24h for Burglary Installatons only (refer to Wreless Programmng, secton [081] shall be programmed wth the value [096] RF Jam detecton shall be enabled (refer to Wreless Programmng, secton [900], opton 7 shall be OFF) Alarm Verfcaton shall not be used n ntatng devce crcuts ntended for cross zone operaton. Programmng The notes n the programmng sectons descrbng the system confguratons for UL/ULC lsted nstallatons shall be mplemented. Bell Locaton The alarm soundng devce (bell) shall be located where t can be heard by the person operatng the securty system durng the daly armng and dsarmng cycle. Casual Users The nstaller should cauton the user(s) not to gve system nformaton (e.g., codes, bypass methods, etc.) to casual users (baby-stters or servce people). Only the One-Tme Use codes should be gven to casual users. User Informaton The nstaller should advse the users and note n the User s Manual: Servce organzaton name and telephone number The programmed ext tme The programmed entry tme Test system weekly The Installer's code can not arm or dsarm the system. The nstaller shall test the communcaton formats at least once per year. Note: When the control panel s used n conjuncton wth the TL265GS or GS2065 module and heartbeat supervson s enabled (200 second supervson wndow at supervsng staton) the system s also rated for standard lne securty or encrypted lne securty (f the encrypton s enabled). Refer to TL265GS and GS2065 Installaton Gude for addtonal detals. APP-8
79 Appendx D: Regulatory Approvals Informaton SIA False Alarm Reducton Installatons For a lst of the defaults value programmed when the unt s shpped from the factory and for any other programmng nformaton refer to table below. Cauton: Call Watng Cancel (secton [382], Opton 4) feature on a non-call Watng lne wll prevent successful communcaton to the supervsng staton. Notes: Fre Alarm Verfcaton feature (Auto Verfed Fre Zone type [89]) s supported on the DSC Wreless Smoke Detector, Model WS4916. The fre alarm delay s 40s. Programmng at nstallaton may be subordnate to other UL requrements for the ntended applcaton Cross zones have the ablty to ndvdually protect the ntended area (e.g., moton detectors whch overlap) Cross zonng s not recommended for lne securty Installatons nor s t to be mplemented on ext/entry zones. Ths panel has a communcaton delay of 30 seconds. The delay can be removed or t can be ncreased up to 45 seconds at the request of the end user n consultaton wth the nstaller. Do not duplcate any reportng codes. Ths apples to all communcaton formats other than SIA or CID sendng automatc programmed reportng codes. The securty system shall be nstalled wth the soundng devce actvated and the communcator enabled for transmsson usng SIA or CID format. SIA Feature Programmng Secton Ext Tme [005], 3rd entry Progress Annuncaton/ Dsable - for Slent Ext [014], Opton 6 ON Ext Delay Restart Enabled [016], Opton 2 ON Auto Stay Arm on Unvacated Premses [001]-[002] Zone type 05, 06, 32 Ext Tme and Progress Annuncaton/Dsable or Remote Armng [005] and [014] bt 6 Entry delay(s) [005], 1st and 2nd entry Abort Wndow for Non-Fre zones [101]-[134] bt 7 ON Abort Wndow - for Non-Fre zones [377], 4th entry Abort Annuncaton [382], Opton 3 ON Cancel Annuncaton [328], 8th entry Duress Feature [ ][5] Master Code Opton 2 ON Cross Zonng [016] Opton 1 [101]-[134] bt 8 OFF Cross Zone Tmer [176] Swnger Shutdown for Alarms [377] 1st entry Swnger Shutdown Enable [101] - [134] bt 6 ON 24-Hr. Auto-verfed Fre (Wreless) Zone type [89] Call Watng Cancel Dal Strng [304], [382], Opton 4 OFF System Test: [ ][6] Master Code, Opton 4 Walk Test Mode: [ ][6] Opt 8 Access to entry and ext delays and bell tme out for the system Comments Range/Default Requrement Enables audble ext beeps from the keypad for the duraton of ext delay Range: seconds Default: 60 sec. Keypads may be dsabled Default: Enabled Requred (programmable) Allowed Enables the ext delay restart feature Default: Enabled Requred Functon Key: Stay Armng. All Stay/Away type zones (05, 06) and Instant Stay/ Away zones (32) wll be automatcally bypassed System tmes and audble ext beeps can be dsabled when usng the wreless key to Away Arm the system Access to entry and ext delays and bell tme out for the system Note: Combned entry delay and communcatons delay (Abort wndow) shall not exceed 60s Access to zone attrbutes,.e., swnger shutdown, transmsson delay and cross zone. Indvdual zones attrbute bt 7 (Transmsson delay) s by default ON Access to the programmable delay before communcatng alarms Note: Combned entry delay and communcatons delay (Abort wndow) shall not exceed 60s Enables the Communcaton Cancelled message dsplay on keypad Access to the reportng code for alarm cancelled Do not derve code from an exstng Master/User code (e.g., Master code s 1234, the duress code should not be 1233 or 1235) Ths opton enables cross zonng for the entre system. Indvdual zones can be enabled for cross zonng va zone attrbute bt 8 n sectons [101] - [134] Access to the programmable cross zone tmer Access to the swnger shutdown lmt for zone alarms Access to zone attrbutes,.e., swnger shutdown, transmsson delay and cross zone. Indvdual zones attrbute bt 6 (Swnger Shutdown enabled) s by default ON Access to 24-Hr. Auto-verfed fre (wreless) Access to the dalng sequence used to dsable call watng Testng If no ext after full arm Default: Enabled Default: Enabled Range: 30 sec. to 4 mn. Default: 30 sec. May be dsabled by zone or zone type Default: Enabled Range: sec. Default: 30 sec. Annuncate that no alarm was transmtted Default: Enabled Annuncate that a Cancel was transmtted Default: Enabled No 1+/- dervatve of another user code. No duplcates wth other user codes Default: dsabled Programmng requred Default: Dsabled May program Range: sec./mn. Default: 60 seconds For all non-fre zones shut down at 1 or 2 trps Default: 1 Trp For non-polce response zones Default: Enabled Actvates If a restoral s Not receved wthn the specfed tme Default: dsabled Dependant on user phone lne Default: dsabled The system actvates all keypad sounders, bells or srens for 2 seconds and all keypad lghts turn on. Refer to the User Manual (part no ). Ths mode s used to test each zone on the system for proper functonalty. Requred Allowed Requred (programmable) Requred Requred (programmable) Requred Requred Allowed Requred Allowed Requred (programmable) Allowed Requred Requred APP-9
80 Europe Ths product s n conformty wth: EMC Drectve 2004/108/EC based on results usng harmonzed standards n accordance wth artcle 10(5), R&TTE Drectve 1999/5/EC based on followng Annex III of the drectve and LVD Drectve 99/5/EC based on results usng harmonzed standards. The product s labeled wth the CE mark as proof of complance wth the above mentoned European Drectves. Also a CE declaraton of conformty (DoC) for ths product can be found at under Agency Lstngs secton. Par la présente, DSC déclare que ce dspostf est conforme aux exgences essentelles et autres stpulatons pertnentes de la Drectve 1999/5/EC. DSC jako výrobce prohlašuje, že tento výrobek je v souladu se všem relevantním požadavky směrnce 1999/5/EC The complete R&TTE Declaraton of Conformty can be found at , Dgtal Securty Controls Techncal Support: (Can/US) (Intl.) Prnted n Canada R002
2-Way Wireless Security Suite v1.0 Installation Guide
2-Way Wreless Securty Sute v1.0 Installaton Gude Models: PC9155-433/868 PC9155G-433/868 PC9155D-433/868 Used wth: WT5500-433/868 WT5500P-433/868 Seres 2-way Wreless Keypad TELEPERMIT These DSC Securty
Hosted Voice Self Service Installation Guide
Hosted Voce Self Servce Installaton Gude Contact us at 1-877-355-1501 [email protected] www.earthlnk.com 2015 EarthLnk. Trademarks are property of ther respectve owners. All rghts reserved. 1071-07629
VRT012 User s guide V0.1. Address: Žirmūnų g. 27, Vilnius LT-09105, Phone: (370-5) 2127472, Fax: (370-5) 276 1380, Email: info@teltonika.
VRT012 User s gude V0.1 Thank you for purchasng our product. We hope ths user-frendly devce wll be helpful n realsng your deas and brngng comfort to your lfe. Please take few mnutes to read ths manual
Safety instructions VEGAVIB VB6*.GI*******
Safety nstructons VEGAVIB VB6*.GI******* Kosha 14-AV4BO-0107 Ex td A20, A20/21, A21 IP66 T** 0044 Document ID: 48578 Contents 1 Area of applcablty... 3 2 General nformaton... 3 3 Techncal data... 3 4 Applcaton
CISCO SPA500G SERIES REFERENCE GUIDE
CISCO SPA500G SERIES REFERENCE GUIDE Part of the Csco Small Busness Pro Seres, the SIP based Csco SPA504G 4-Lne IP phone wth 2-port swtch has been tested to ensure comprehensve nteroperablty wth equpment
VIP X1600 M4S Encoder module. Installation and Operating Manual
VIP X1600 M4S Encoder module en Installaton and Operatng Manual VIP X1600 XFM4 VIP X1600 Table of Contents en 3 Table of Contents 1 Preface 7 1.1 About ths Manual 7 1.2 Conventons n ths Manual 7 1.3 Intended
VideoJet X20 Network Video Server. Installation and Operating Manual
VdeoJet X20 Network Vdeo Server en Installaton and Operatng Manual VdeoJet X20 VdeoJet X20 Table of Contents en 3 Table of Contents 1 Preface 7 1.1 About ths Manual 7 1.2 Conventons n ths Manual 7 1.3
Easy Fit Siren-Based Alarm system (EF-BX)
Easy Ft Sren-Based Alarm system (EF-BX) Installaton Programmng Operatng Keep ths manual safe for reference and future mantenance Introducton Contents Thank you for choosng the Yale Wreless Alarm System.
Lithium-ion Rechargeable Battery
L - o n L-on Secondary Battery Lthum-on Rechargeable Battery LITHIUM-ION RECHARGEABLE BATTERY Notes for Desgners Select the correct type of battery to match the operatng condtons such as load current,
1.1 The University may award Higher Doctorate degrees as specified from time-to-time in UPR AS11 1.
HIGHER DOCTORATE DEGREES SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL CHANGES General changes None Secton 3.2 Refer to text (Amendments to verson 03.0, UPR AS02 are shown n talcs.) 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 The Unversty may award Hgher
Laser Distancer LD 420. Operating instructions
Laser Dstancer LD 40 en Operatng nstructons Table of Contents Instrument Set-up - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Introducton- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Overvew
500 Series Photoelectric Detectors
500 Seres Photoelectrc Detectors FCP-500 FCP-500-P FCP-500-C FCP-500-C-P en Installaton Gude FCP-500 Seres 1 1. Specfcatons Table 1: Models Type Descrpton Materal No. FCP-500-C FCP-500-C-P Photoelectrc
Canon NTSC Help Desk Documentation
Canon NTSC Help Desk Documentaton READ THIS BEFORE PROCEEDING Before revewng ths documentaton, Canon Busness Solutons, Inc. ( CBS ) hereby refers you, the customer or customer s representatve or agent
AT&T Small Business System Speakerphone with Digital Answering System and Caller ID/Call Waiting 984
984CIB_(Rev9)ml_24.05.06 5/24/06 8:07 PM Page 1 USER S MANUAL Part 2 AT&T Small Busness System Speakerphone wth Dgtal Answerng System and Caller ID/Call Watng 984 For Customer Servce Or Product Informaton,
Calculating the high frequency transmission line parameters of power cables
< ' Calculatng the hgh frequency transmsson lne parameters of power cables Authors: Dr. John Dcknson, Laboratory Servces Manager, N 0 RW E B Communcatons Mr. Peter J. Ncholson, Project Assgnment Manager,
Updating the E5810B firmware
Updatng the E5810B frmware NOTE Do not update your E5810B frmware unless you have a specfc need to do so, such as defect repar or nstrument enhancements. If the frmware update fals, the E5810B wll revert
DEFINING %COMPLETE IN MICROSOFT PROJECT
CelersSystems DEFINING %COMPLETE IN MICROSOFT PROJECT PREPARED BY James E Aksel, PMP, PMI-SP, MVP For Addtonal Informaton about Earned Value Management Systems and reportng, please contact: CelersSystems,
Easy Fit SmartPhone alarm system (HSA6092) V3 onward
Easy Ft SmartPhone alarm system (HSA6092) V3 onward Installaton Programmng Operatng Keep ths manual safe for reference and future mantenance Introducton Contents Thank you for choosng the Wreless Alarm
PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly 90800-1 with Die Assembly 90800-2
PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Tool Assembly 90800-1 wth Assembly 90800-2 Instructon Sheet 408-4007 19 APR 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually
Hollinger Canadian Publishing Holdings Co. ( HCPH ) proceeding under the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act ( CCAA )
February 17, 2011 Andrew J. Hatnay [email protected] Dear Sr/Madam: Re: Re: Hollnger Canadan Publshng Holdngs Co. ( HCPH ) proceedng under the Companes Credtors Arrangement Act ( CCAA ) Update on CCAA Proceedngs
IT09 - Identity Management Policy
IT09 - Identty Management Polcy Introducton 1 The Unersty needs to manage dentty accounts for all users of the Unersty s electronc systems and ensure that users hae an approprate leel of access to these
DISCLOSURES I. ELECTRONIC FUND TRANSFER DISCLOSURE (REGULATION E)... 2 ELECTRONIC DISCLOSURE AND ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE CONSENT... 7
DISCLOSURES The Dsclosures set forth below may affect the accounts you have selected wth Bank Leum USA. Read these dsclosures carefully as they descrbe your rghts and oblgatons for the accounts and/or
Vembu StoreGrid Windows Client Installation Guide
Ser v cepr ov dered t on Cl enti nst al l at ongu de W ndows Vembu StoreGrd Wndows Clent Installaton Gude Download the Wndows nstaller, VembuStoreGrd_4_2_0_SP_Clent_Only.exe To nstall StoreGrd clent on
Reporting Forms ARF 113.0A, ARF 113.0B, ARF 113.0C and ARF 113.0D FIRB Corporate (including SME Corporate), Sovereign and Bank Instruction Guide
Reportng Forms ARF 113.0A, ARF 113.0B, ARF 113.0C and ARF 113.0D FIRB Corporate (ncludng SME Corporate), Soveregn and Bank Instructon Gude Ths nstructon gude s desgned to assst n the completon of the FIRB
The Safety Board recommends that the Penn Central Transportation. Company and the American Railway Engineering Association revise
V. RECOWNDATONS 4.! The Safety Board recommends that the Penn Central Transportaton Company and the Amercan Ralway Engneerng Assocaton revse ther track nspecton and mantenance standards or recommended
Traffic-light a stress test for life insurance provisions
MEMORANDUM Date 006-09-7 Authors Bengt von Bahr, Göran Ronge Traffc-lght a stress test for lfe nsurance provsons Fnansnspetonen P.O. Box 6750 SE-113 85 Stocholm [Sveavägen 167] Tel +46 8 787 80 00 Fax
APPLICATION OF PROBE DATA COLLECTED VIA INFRARED BEACONS TO TRAFFIC MANEGEMENT
APPLICATION OF PROBE DATA COLLECTED VIA INFRARED BEACONS TO TRAFFIC MANEGEMENT Toshhko Oda (1), Kochro Iwaoka (2) (1), (2) Infrastructure Systems Busness Unt, Panasonc System Networks Co., Ltd. Saedo-cho
LCD5500Z / PKP-LCD v3.x Installation Instructions
LCD5500Z / PKP-LCD v3.x Installation Instructions TM Introduction The LCD5500Z / PKP-LCD keypad displays system status using an LCD screen. The keypad can be used on PowerSeries security systems with up
Your Contract Works Policy
U r u p a r e k t e T o n g a Southern Response Earthquake Servces Ltd Your Contract Works Polcy (Lmted Rsks Cover) About your nsurance contract a. Ths polcy forms part of the nsurance contract between
ELECTRADE POLICY PROPOSAL FORM
ELECTRADE POLICY PROPOSAL FORM Please answer all questons, completng the form n nk usng block captals. The completon and sgnature of ths Proposal does not bnd the Proposer or Insurers to complete a contract
How To Get A Tax Refund On A Retirement Account
CED0105200808 Amerprse Fnancal Servces, Inc. 70400 Amerprse Fnancal Center Mnneapols, MN 55474 Incomng Account Transfer/Exchange/ Drect Rollover (Qualfed Plans Only) for Amerprse certfcates, Columba mutual
408-8858 05 AUG 10 Rev L
SL Jack Tool Kt 1725150- [ ] Instructon Sheet 408-8858 05 AUG 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand tools. Hand tools are ntended
Site Plan / Survey Scale: 1/16" = 1'-0" 246 Ellis Ave Design Study
Proposed addtons 75 m rear yard setback sdeyard setback Lot area = 4290 sf Allowable GFA = 35% of Lot area = 1501 sf sdeyard setback Exstng house 1450 sf (approx) 55'-9" Max Buldng Length [17] Ste Plan
SMPM Male Printed Circuit
SMPM Male Prnted Crcut Applcaton Specfcaton Board Surface and Edge 114-13213 Mount Connectors 21 Mar 11 Rev B All numercal values are n metrc unts [wth U.S. customary unts n brackets]. Dmensons are n mllmeters
Small pots lump sum payment instruction
For customers Small pots lump sum payment nstructon Please read these notes before completng ths nstructon About ths nstructon Use ths nstructon f you re an ndvdual wth Aegon Retrement Choces Self Invested
HALL EFFECT SENSORS AND COMMUTATION
OEM770 5 Hall Effect ensors H P T E R 5 Hall Effect ensors The OEM770 works wth three-phase brushless motors equpped wth Hall effect sensors or equvalent feedback sgnals. In ths chapter we wll explan how
To manage leave, meeting institutional requirements and treating individual staff members fairly and consistently.
Corporate Polces & Procedures Human Resources - Document CPP216 Leave Management Frst Produced: Current Verson: Past Revsons: Revew Cycle: Apples From: 09/09/09 26/10/12 09/09/09 3 years Immedately Authorsaton:
Local Business Starter Pack.
Local Busness Starter Pack. Who should complete ths applcaton? If the busness s A company An assocaton (ncorporated or unncorporated) A partnershp A sole propretor or ndvdual A busness trust Ths form can
. TITLE 37 INSURANCE PART XI CHAPTER 27: EMERGENCY - RULE 17 or DIRECTIVE 187
. TTLE 37 NSURANCE PART X CHAPTER 27: EMERGENCY - RULE 17 or DRECTVE 187 SUSPENSON OF CERTAN STATUTES AND REGULATONS REGARDNG HEALTH NSURANCE.. ANDRELATEDPROVSONSREGARDNG ANY AND ALL NSURANC:EMATTERS AFFECTNG
Faraday's Law of Induction
Introducton Faraday's Law o Inducton In ths lab, you wll study Faraday's Law o nducton usng a wand wth col whch swngs through a magnetc eld. You wll also examne converson o mechanc energy nto electrc energy
benefit is 2, paid if the policyholder dies within the year, and probability of death within the year is ).
REVIEW OF RISK MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS LOSS DISTRIBUTIONS AND INSURANCE Loss and nsurance: When someone s subject to the rsk of ncurrng a fnancal loss, the loss s generally modeled usng a random varable or
Alarm Task Script Language
Alarm Task Scrpt Language Verson 5.51 en Scrpt Language Alarm Task Scrpt Language Table of Contents 3 Table of contents 1 Introducton 4 2 Defntons 5 2.1 Actons 5 2.2 Events and states 5 2.3 Alarm Task
EE31 Series. Manual. Logger & Visualisation Software. BA_EE31_VisuLoggerSW_01_eng // Technical data are subject to change V1.0
EE31 Seres Manual Logger & Vsualsaton Software BA_EE31_VsuLoggerSW_01_eng // Techncal data are subject to change V1.0 Logger & Vsualsaton Software - EE31 Seres GENERAL Ths software has been developed by
On-Line Fault Detection in Wind Turbine Transmission System using Adaptive Filter and Robust Statistical Features
On-Lne Fault Detecton n Wnd Turbne Transmsson System usng Adaptve Flter and Robust Statstcal Features Ruoyu L Remote Dagnostcs Center SKF USA Inc. 3443 N. Sam Houston Pkwy., Houston TX 77086 Emal: [email protected]
Account Transfer and Direct Rollover
CED0105 Amerprse Fnancal Servces, Inc. 70100 Amerprse Fnancal Center Mnneapols, MN 55474 Account Transfer and Drect Rollover Important: Before fnal submsson to the Home Offce you wll need a Reference Number.
Metal-Clad Switchgear
September 0 Sheet 000 Metal-Clad SwtchgearVacClad-WMedum Voltage.0- Metal-Clad Swtchgear VacClad-WMedum Voltage Drawout Vacuum s Contents Metal-Clad Vacuum SwtchgearVacClad-WMedum Voltage General Descrpton............................................-
Schluter -KERDI-BOARD Substrate, building panel, bonded waterproofing
Substrate, buldng panel, bonded waterproofng The unversal substrate for tles Flat. Level. Plumb. Square. Whether you work wth mosacs or largeformat tles, an absolutely flat substrate wth straght and precsely
We assume your students are learning about self-regulation (how to change how alert they feel) through the Alert Program with its three stages:
Welcome to ALERT BINGO, a fun-flled and educatonal way to learn the fve ways to change engnes levels (Put somethng n your Mouth, Move, Touch, Look, and Lsten) as descrbed n the How Does Your Engne Run?
Nordea G10 Alpha Carry Index
Nordea G10 Alpha Carry Index Index Rules v1.1 Verson as of 10/10/2013 1 (6) Page 1 Index Descrpton The G10 Alpha Carry Index, the Index, follows the development of a rule based strategy whch nvests and
Systems. Power Distribution. Power Distribution Systems 1.0-1. Contents
August Sheet 00.0- Power Dstrbuton Systems Contents System Desgn Basc Prncples............- Modern Electrc Power Technologes............- Goals of System Desgn....- Voltage Classfcatons; BILs Basc Impulse
Warranty...i. Introduction... 1
USER MANUAL Contents Warranty... Introducton... 1 Gettng Started... 1 Intal Inspecton... 1 Battery Installaton... 1 Setup... 2 Keypad... 9 Man Dsplay... 11 Menu Layout... 11 Alpha/Numerc Entry... 12 System
www.olr.ccli.com Introducing Online Reporting Your step-by-step guide to the new online copy report Online Reporting
Onlne Reportng Introducng Onlne Reportng www.olr.ccl.com Your step-by-step gude to the new onlne copy report Important nformaton for all lcence holders No more software to download Reportng as you go...
Table of contents Document code: DPD00288B3 Edited: 20.01.2011
Table of contents Document code: DPD00288B3 Edted: 20.01.2011 1. Safety 4 1.1 Warnngs 4 1.2 Safety nstructons 6 1.3 Earthng and earth fault protecton 6 1.4 Before runnng the motor 7 2. Recept of delvery
Dear AGWA Member, Sincerely, John G. Porter, Ph.D., CGW Executive Director
PO Box 8481, Semnole FL 33775 Shppng Address: 12551 Indan Rocks Rd Sute 12, Largo FL 33774 Phone: 727-366-9334 Fax: 727-596-5192 Emal: [email protected] Webste: www.agwa.us Dear AGWA Member, We are
PC Tab Security System INSTRUCTION MANUAL
PC Tab Security System INSTRUCTION MANUAL This manual is intended as a Quick Start manual covering the basic functions that have been enabled on the alarm panel. The alarm panel is capable of extensive
INSTRUCTION MANUAL PC5OO WITH PC5OORK KEYPAD
INSTRUCTION MANUAL PC5OO WITH PC5OORK KEYPAD TABLE OF CONTENTS SYSTEM INFORMATION 2 INTRODUCTION 3 Test Your System Regularly...3 Important Notice...3 Glossary...3 BASIC OPERATION 4 Arming Your System...4
Equipment. Spot Network Equipment 18.0-1. Contents
September Sheet 00 Spot.0- Equpment Contents Dscusson Spot Decson Tree...................................0- General Descrpton.........................................0- Commercal Spot Desgn Consderatons................0-
Application Specification Hermaphroditic Blade 114-13225 and Receptacle Connector 15 MAR 10 Rev E
Applcaton Specfcaton Hermaphrodtc Blade 114-13225 and Receptacle Connector 15 MAR 10 Rev E All numercal values are n metrc unts [wth U.S. customary unts n brackets]. Dmensons are n mllmeters [and nches].
JPMorgan Commodity Target Volatility Index Series
JPMorgan Commodty Target Volatlty Index Seres Index Rules November 2010 All Rghts Reserved 1. Ths Part A: General Rules 1.1 Introducton PART A General Rules Ths Part A: General Rules sets out a general
The Development of Web Log Mining Based on Improve-K-Means Clustering Analysis
The Development of Web Log Mnng Based on Improve-K-Means Clusterng Analyss TngZhong Wang * College of Informaton Technology, Luoyang Normal Unversty, Luoyang, 471022, Chna [email protected] Abstract.
IMPACT ANALYSIS OF A CELLULAR PHONE
4 th ASA & μeta Internatonal Conference IMPACT AALYSIS OF A CELLULAR PHOE We Lu, 2 Hongy L Bejng FEAonlne Engneerng Co.,Ltd. Bejng, Chna ABSTRACT Drop test smulaton plays an mportant role n nvestgatng
An RFID Distance Bounding Protocol
An RFID Dstance Boundng Protocol Gerhard P. Hancke and Markus G. Kuhn May 22, 2006 An RFID Dstance Boundng Protocol p. 1 Dstance boundng Verfer d Prover Places an upper bound on physcal dstance Does not
Effective September 2015
Annuty rates for all states EXCEPT: NY Lock Polces Prevous Prevous Sheet Feld Bulletns Index Annuty s effectve Monday, September 28 Global Multple Index Cap S&P Annual Pt to Pt Cap MLSB Annual Pt to Pt
RESEARCH ON DUAL-SHAKER SINE VIBRATION CONTROL. Yaoqi FENG 1, Hanping QIU 1. China Academy of Space Technology (CAST) yaoqi.feng@yahoo.
ICSV4 Carns Australa 9- July, 007 RESEARCH ON DUAL-SHAKER SINE VIBRATION CONTROL Yaoq FENG, Hanpng QIU Dynamc Test Laboratory, BISEE Chna Academy of Space Technology (CAST) [email protected] Abstract
The program for the Bachelor degrees shall extend over three years of full-time study or the parttime equivalent.
Bachel of Commerce Bachel of Commerce (Accountng) Bachel of Commerce (Cpate Fnance) Bachel of Commerce (Internatonal Busness) Bachel of Commerce (Management) Bachel of Commerce (Marketng) These Program
Siren-Based Alarm System
Sren-Based Alarm System Installaton Programmng Operatng Keep ths manual safe for reference and future mantenance Introducton Contents General System Overvew Contents Thank you for choosng the Yale Wreless
NOTE: The Flatpak version has the same pinouts (Connection Diagram) as the Dual In-Line Package. *MR for LS160A and LS161A *SR for LS162A and LS163A
BCD DECADE COUNTERS/ 4-BIT BINARY COUNTERS The LS160A/ 161A/ 162A/ 163A are hgh-speed 4-bt synchronous counters. They are edge-trggered, synchronously presettable, and cascadable MSI buldng blocks for
VOLUME 7 SECTION 3A REGISTRATION OF COMPANIES CUSTOMER GUIDELINES BASED ON COMPANIES ACT 2004
regstraton of companes.qxp 02/05/2007 09:55 AM Page 1 VOLUME 7 SECTION 3A REGISTRATION OF COMPANIES CUSTOMER GUIDELINES BASED ON COMPANIES ACT 2004 The Responsblty of The Companes Offce of Jamaca (formerly
REQUIRED FOR YEAR END 31 MARCH 2015. Your business information
REQUIRED FOR YEAR END 31 MARCH 2015 Your busness nformaton Your detals Busness detals Busness name Balance date IRD number Contact detals - to ensure our records are up to date, please complete the followng
ROTO-CRIMP* Hand Crimp Hand Tools
ROTO-CRIMP* Hand Crmp Hand Tools Instructon Sheet 600850 and 608850-1 408-1927 08 SEP 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand tools.
PK5500 v1.1 Installation Instructions
PK5500 v1.1 Installation Instructions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # WARNING: Please refer to the System Installation Manual for information on limitations regarding product use and function and information on
GENERAL BUSINESS TERMS
SAXO CAPITAL MARKETS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD GENERAL BUSINESS TERMS SA XO LEGAL SINGAPORE Verson: 16th March 2015 General Busness Terms GENERAL BUSINESS TERMS 1. DEFINITIONS INTERPRETATION OF TERMS 1.1 In
Uncrystallised funds pension lump sum payment instruction
For customers Uncrystallsed funds penson lump sum payment nstructon Don t complete ths form f your wrapper s derved from a penson credt receved followng a dvorce where your ex spouse or cvl partner had
GENESYS BUSINESS MANAGER
GENESYS BUSINESS MANAGER e-manager Onlne Conference User Account Admnstraton User Gude Ths User Gude contans the followng sectons: Mnmum Requrements...3 Gettng Started...4 Sgnng On to Genesys Busness Manager...7
INVESTIGATION OF VEHICULAR USERS FAIRNESS IN CDMA-HDR NETWORKS
21 22 September 2007, BULGARIA 119 Proceedngs of the Internatonal Conference on Informaton Technologes (InfoTech-2007) 21 st 22 nd September 2007, Bulgara vol. 2 INVESTIGATION OF VEHICULAR USERS FAIRNESS
Tuition Fee Loan application notes
Tuton Fee Loan applcaton notes for new part-tme EU students 2012/13 About these notes These notes should be read along wth your Tuton Fee Loan applcaton form. The notes are splt nto three parts: Part 1
QMT-5300A, QMT-5302 and QZT-5302
Advanced Life Safety Solutions QMT5300A, QMT5302 and QZT5302 Firefighters Telephone System COMMON TEL. TROUBLE MASTER TEL. TROUBLE INCOMING CALL CONNECT/ CLEAR ALL LAMP TEST Installation & Operation Instructions
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Core Operational Guidelines for Telehealth Services Involving Provider-Patient Interactions
Cor eoper at onal Gu del nes f ort el eheal t hser v c esi nv ol v ng Pr ov der Pat enti nt er ac t ons May201 4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The Amercan Telemedcne Assocaton (ATA) wshes to express sncere apprecaton
Module 2 LOSSLESS IMAGE COMPRESSION SYSTEMS. Version 2 ECE IIT, Kharagpur
Module LOSSLESS IMAGE COMPRESSION SYSTEMS Lesson 3 Lossless Compresson: Huffman Codng Instructonal Objectves At the end of ths lesson, the students should be able to:. Defne and measure source entropy..
Help is a tou ch of a button away. Telecare - keeping you safe and independent in your own home. i Personal emergency equipment
Help s a tou ch of a button away Telecare - keepng you safe and ndependent n your own home Personal emergency equpment 24/7 moble response - ncludng a dgnty savng lftng servce Professonal support Welcome
A system for real-time calculation and monitoring of energy performance and carbon emissions of RET systems and buildings
A system for real-tme calculaton and montorng of energy performance and carbon emssons of RET systems and buldngs Dr PAAIOTIS PHILIMIS Dr ALESSADRO GIUSTI Dr STEPHE GARVI CE Technology Center Democratas
Calculation of Sampling Weights
Perre Foy Statstcs Canada 4 Calculaton of Samplng Weghts 4.1 OVERVIEW The basc sample desgn used n TIMSS Populatons 1 and 2 was a two-stage stratfed cluster desgn. 1 The frst stage conssted of a sample
Study on Model of Risks Assessment of Standard Operation in Rural Power Network
Study on Model of Rsks Assessment of Standard Operaton n Rural Power Network Qngj L 1, Tao Yang 2 1 Qngj L, College of Informaton and Electrcal Engneerng, Shenyang Agrculture Unversty, Shenyang 110866,
vacon 10 ac drives complete user manual
vacon 10 ac drves complete user manual NOTE! You can download the Englsh and French product manuals wth applcable safety, warnng and cauton nformaton from www.vacon.com/downloads. REMARQUE Vous pouvez
vacon 10 ac drives complete user manual
vacon 10 ac drves complete user manual INDEX Document: DPD00717F1 Verson release date: Apr. 2014 Software package: FW0135V010 1. Safety 1 1.1 Warnngs 1 1.2 Safety nstructons 3 1.3 Earthng and earth fault
Traffic-light extended with stress test for insurance and expense risks in life insurance
PROMEMORIA Datum 0 July 007 FI Dnr 07-1171-30 Fnansnspetonen Författare Bengt von Bahr, Göran Ronge Traffc-lght extended wth stress test for nsurance and expense rss n lfe nsurance Summary Ths memorandum
Uncrystallised funds pension lump sum
For customers Uncrystallsed funds penson lump sum Payment nstructon What does ths form do? Ths form nstructs us to pay the full penson fund, under your non-occupatonal penson scheme plan wth us, to you
Trivial lump sum R5.0
Optons form Once you have flled n ths form, please return t wth your orgnal brth certfcate to: Premer PO Box 2067 Croydon CR90 9ND. Fll n ths form usng BLOCK CAPITALS and black nk. Mark all answers wth
July 2014. Volume 1 of 4. Notice to Tenderers Tender Forms & Conditions of Tender
Managng Contractor Desgn and Constructon Management Stage One wth opton for Stage Two (Negotated Guaranteed Constructon Sum) July 2014 Volume 1 of 4 Notce to Tenderers Tender Forms & Condtons of Tender
Damage detection in composite laminates using coin-tap method
Damage detecton n composte lamnates usng con-tap method S.J. Km Korea Aerospace Research Insttute, 45 Eoeun-Dong, Youseong-Gu, 35-333 Daejeon, Republc of Korea [email protected] 45 The con-tap test has the
Construction Rules for Morningstar Canada Target Dividend Index SM
Constructon Rules for Mornngstar Canada Target Dvdend Index SM Mornngstar Methodology Paper October 2014 Verson 1.2 2014 Mornngstar, Inc. All rghts reserved. The nformaton n ths document s the property
IT02 - Information Technology (IT) Security Policy
IT02 - Informaton Technology (IT) Securty Polcy Introducton 1 Ths polcy apples to all IT serces admnstered by Southampton Solent Unersty. It contans: General prncples for nformaton securty, ts oerall objectes
How To Get A Penson From Poland Or Canada
Socal Insurance Insttuton PENSIONS FROM THE SOCIAL INSURANCE INSTITUTION ESTABLISHED ON THE BASIS OF THE AGREEMENT ON SOCIAL SECURITY BETWEEN POLAND AND CANADA Who s the leaflet addressed to? The leaflet
POSITIVE INPUT VENTILATION 129
POSTVE NPUT VENTLATON 129 FAN TYPE FAN LOCATON MAX PAGE PERFORMANCE DRMASTER LOFT 10-70l/s 130 DRMASTER 2000 LOFT 10-70l/s 134 DRMASTER 365 LOFT 10-70l/s 138 DRMASTER HEAT LOFT 10-70l/s 142 FLATMASTER
